WO2008004447A1 - Game device - Google Patents

Game device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008004447A1
WO2008004447A1 PCT/JP2007/062494 JP2007062494W WO2008004447A1 WO 2008004447 A1 WO2008004447 A1 WO 2008004447A1 JP 2007062494 W JP2007062494 W JP 2007062494W WO 2008004447 A1 WO2008004447 A1 WO 2008004447A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
medal
simulated
unit
satellite
game
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/062494
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kenji Kuwahara
Takahisa Harada
Naruhito Naito
Kosuke Hamada
Original Assignee
Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Doing Business As Sega Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Doing Business As Sega Corporation filed Critical Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Doing Business As Sega Corporation
Publication of WO2008004447A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008004447A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/38Ball games; Shooting apparatus

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a game device such as a medal game device which is a gaming device using medals.
  • a medal inserted in a medal insertion locus is generally supplied to a pusher unit having a medal stand that reciprocates in the front-rear direction.
  • a pusher unit having a medal stand that reciprocates in the front-rear direction.
  • the medals stuck in the pusher portion are pushed out and fall from the pusher portion to a predetermined position, the medals are paid out to the player.
  • a large rotation center unit with a gimmick device is installed around it, and satellites (play space) of about 6 to 10 are arranged around it.
  • a medal game device called a mass medal machine that allows multiple players to play at the same time is often used.
  • a prize opening for detecting the passage of medals and executing some processing is provided, and the prize game is electronically controlled in conjunction with the passing of the medal.
  • games that have improved playability, such as paying a large number of medals at once when certain conditions are met.
  • Such a medal game device stores medals inserted by a player, while paying out the number of medals dropped from the pusher game unit, and further results of a prize game (for example, a jackpot) Depending on the situation, a large number of medals are paid out at a time, and a certain number of medals are circulated as a whole. For example, medals that fall into the rotating center unit in the game are collected in one place by using a wiper, etc., collected and then supplied again to circulate in the device (for example, see Patent Document 1). ).
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-11 333135 Disclosure of the invention
  • the present invention provides a medal game device capable of preparing a next payout medal even in a situation where a large number of medals have been paid out to a specific satellite unit. For the purpose.
  • the present inventor has studied to solve such problems.
  • a large number of medals are built in the medal game device itself, it is easy to prepare medals for payout, but unnecessarily increasing the number of medals to be accommodated is the use of space, effective utilization of medals, and accommodation. This is preferable from the aspect of equipment specifications (size and strength).
  • the number of accommodated medals increases and decreases according to the insertion of medals by the player and the payout of medals to the player, it is desirable to effectively circulate the accommodated medals within the apparatus.
  • the present inventor has further studied with this point in mind, and has come to obtain knowledge that leads to the solution of a difficult problem.
  • the present invention is based on such knowledge, and in a game device having a center unit provided with a target for a shooting game and a satellite unit for the player to play, it is simulated according to the operation of the player.
  • a simulated bullet launcher that launches bullets toward the center unit, a collection container that collects simulated bullets that are launched from the simulated bullet launcher toward the center unit, and storage of simulated bullets in the collection container of the center unit
  • a simulated bullet amount sensor for detecting the amount
  • a satellite hopper storing the simulated bullets in the satellite unit
  • a simulated bullet transport means for supplying the simulated bullets from the satellite hopper to the simulated bullet launcher
  • a payout control means for controlling the payout of the amount of simulated bullets corresponding to the prize to the satellite unit that won the prize, and a simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher.
  • a fire control unit for performing launch control, to automatically fire a simulated bullet by firing control means, Les when recovering simulated bullets at collecting container is Umono.
  • a fire control unit for performing launch control, to automatically fire a simulated bullet by firing control means, Les when recovering simulated bullets at collecting container is Umono.
  • a shooting device for flying a simulated bullet (for example, a medal) to hit various objects that is, a simulated bullet (medal) is applied to the object according to the operation of the player.
  • a simulated bullet launcher provided in a satellite section to allow it to pass through.
  • the simulated ammunition launcher power in part or all of the satellite part excluding the award winning satellite part is automatically fired and collected. It is preferable to collect the simulated bullets in a container.
  • the present invention provides a simulated bullet launcher that launches a simulated bullet toward the center unit in accordance with a player's operation in a game device in which a plurality of gaming satellite units are arranged around the center unit;
  • a collection container that collects the simulated ammunition launched from each satellite unit toward the center unit, and when performing the operation of paying out the simulated ammunition to the award-winning satellite unit, including or other than the satellite unit Simulated bullet firing device power in the satellite section
  • the simulated bullets are automatically fired and the simulated bullets are collected in the collection container.
  • the automatic launching of simulated bullets by the simulated bullet launcher is performed on each simulated bullet launcher.
  • the automatic firing of the simulated bullets by the simulated bullet launcher is performed only in the satellite portion in the vicinity of the award winning satellite portion, including those adjacent to the award winning satellite portion.
  • the automatic firing of the simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher is performed in the satellite unit that enters the player's field of view in the satellite unit that won the prize.
  • the award-winning satellite part, the satellite part adjacent to this award-winning satellite part, and a total of five consecutive satellite parts on both sides are automatically fired.
  • the satellite portion is limited in this way, it is possible to set the time required for replenishment of simulated bullets (medals) longer.
  • the simulated bullet launcher it is also preferable to cause the simulated bullet launcher to automatically fire the simulated bullets when the amount of the simulated bullets stored in the collection container according to the present invention is below a certain level. If it is linked to the acquisition of the prize, it is possible to refill the simulated stage (medals) by automatically launching as needed with force.
  • the amount of simulated bullets stored in the satellite hopper is detected using a simulated bullet amount sensor that detects the amount of simulated bullets stored in the satellite hopper, and the amount of simulated bullets in the satellite section is determined according to the amount of storage. It is preferable to determine whether or not to continue automatic firing by the firing control means. Furthermore, it is also preferable to automatically fire at least as many simulated ammunition from other satellite units when automatic firing of simulated ammunition in the satellite unit is stopped. For example, if there is a satellite part with insufficient number of simulated bullets (medals), it is possible to respond by delaying a signal for stopping automatic launching to other satellite parts.
  • a plurality of simulated bullet quantity sensors for detecting the amount of simulation bullets stored in the satellite hopper are provided so that the quantity of simulation bullets stored can be determined at multiple levels. .
  • the number of simulated spears (medals) stored levels of several levels such as high, moderate, and low
  • finer control is provided when replenishing simulated bullets (medals). It becomes possible.
  • the simulated ammunition sensor is a large amount of the simulated ammunition in the collection container. It may be a near sensor capable of detecting an approximate amount. In this case, it is also preferable to determine the firing amount of the simulated bullet from the satellite unit based on the detection result by this nullity sensor. Furthermore, the number of simulated bullets fired by the simulated bullet launcher is determined, and when the specified number is reached, the detection result by the empty sensor is referred to, and the approximate amount of simulated bullets in the collection container is constant. If not exceeded, it is also preferable to delay the stop of automatic firing of the simulation stage.
  • a plurality of simulated bullet quantity sensors for detecting the amount of simulated bullets stored in the collection container are provided so that the quantity of simulated bullets stored can be determined at multiple levels. ,. Even in this case, it is possible to determine the level of the number of simulated ammunition (medals) stored (multiple, appropriate amount, several levels when less), so finer control is performed when supplementing the ammunition (medals) It becomes possible.
  • the simulated bullet falls from the gap by filling the gap between the receiving tray that receives the simulated kite that falls at the center unit and the satellite unit arranged in the vicinity thereof.
  • An inclined fall prevention portion is formed to prevent this from happening. According to this, it is possible to suppress the struck mock (medal) from jumping irregularly and falling from the gap with a relatively simple configuration.
  • the present invention is also suitable for a simulated elastic S medal. Further, the present invention can be applied to a game device having a configuration in which a plurality of satellite units are arranged around the center unit. The invention's effect
  • simulated bullets for example, medals
  • simulated bullets for example, medals
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example of the appearance of a medal game device that is effective in the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view showing an example of the appearance of the medal game device.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the internal structure of the medal game device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing a functional configuration of the medal game device.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the periphery of the pusher unit and the display unit (before movement).
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a structural example of a device for medal detection in each target of a pusher unit and a jackpot unit.
  • FIG. 8] is a timing chart for explaining a medal detection signal and a detection method.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the medal launcher as seen from the medal launcher side.
  • FIG. 10 A perspective view seen from the front (player side) of the medal launcher.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic system block diagram of a medal launcher.
  • FIG. 13 is an example of a table configuration of a setting table.
  • FIG. 14 is a side view showing an example of a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot portion.
  • FIG. 17 A plan view showing a mechanism for supplying medals to the jackpot section and a mechanism for switching the medal supply paths.
  • FIG. 18 is a front view showing a mechanism for switching the medal supply path in the jackpot section.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the turntable portion.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of processing in the main unit.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of jackpot processing in the main unit.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing an example of processing in the satellite unit.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of a normal game process.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of jackpot processing in the satellite unit.
  • FIG. 26 schematically shows a device for medal detection, (A) a front view and (B) a plan view.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a trajectory of medals launched from a medal launcher.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a projection unit constituting the ceiling projector / chicker unit and a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit.
  • Fig. 29 is a side view showing the projection unit, a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit, and the like, showing a state where the projection unit is in the initial position.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view showing the projection unit, a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit, and the like, showing a state where the projection unit is lowered.
  • FIG. 31 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a projection unit and a support arm for supporting the projection unit.
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the rear surface of the projection unit and the support arm and the like that support the projection unit.
  • FIG. 33 It is a perspective view showing a configuration of a projection unit, a target plate (projection unit), and the like.
  • FIG. 34 is a side view showing a configuration of an opening / closing mechanism, an opening / closing drive device, etc. in the target mechanism.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing in more detail the configuration of an opening / closing mechanism and the like in the target mechanism.
  • FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the opening / closing mechanism and the like in the target mechanism in more detail, and shows a state in which the opening portion is opened.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the flow of a medal distribution adjustment method for adding medals to the main hopper.
  • FIG. 38 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing an example of a fall prevention part and a rubber flap part formed so as to slightly cover the outer edge of the medal tray.
  • FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of a roulette rotation image in the projection unit.
  • Medanore stand 38... Medal collection part, 39... Guide plate, 41... Move target (target), 42... Small target (target), 43... Large target (target), 44... Inhibiting part, 45... Chicakka, 4 6 ... Lower gate part, 47 ... Upper gate part, 48 ... Switching mechanism, 49 ... Medal supply path, 51 ... Medal tray (52), 52 ... Caster, 53 ... Medal supply device, 54 ... Rotary plate, 55 ... Base , 8 0 ... Operation table, 81 ... Medal supply means, 82 ... Medal urging means, 83 ... Medal injection means, 84 ... Operation means, 85 ... Pedestal, 86 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ First operation table part, 87 ...
  • Event 827 ... Number of revolutions, 831 ... Firing less, 832 ... Shooting end, 833 ... Meta, Grenade launcher, 835 ... Bottom, 836 ... Top, 837 ... Meta , ... Sensor sensor, 842 ... Launch button, 843 ... Trigger sensor, 844 ... Light emitting element, 861 ... Housing, 862 ... Side wall, 863, 864 ... Caid, 871 ... Housing, 872 ... Side, 873, 874 ... Claw, 875 ⁇ Top, 876... medalene filled, 881... lock mechanism, 891 , 892 ... locus, 900 ... interface unit, 911 ... target mechanism (target), 912 ... opening, 913 ...
  • opening / closing mechanism 941 ... motor, 943 ... slider, 944 ... support arm, 944a ... support piece, 944b ... projection , 945, 946 ... Shaft, 947 ... Slide Lenore, 948 ... Guide, 948a ... Inclined part, 949- ⁇ -Shock absorber, 950 ... Base plate, 950a ... Support plate, 951 ... Circular substrate, 952 ... Rotating shaft, 953 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Large pulley, 954 ... Transmission belt, 955 ... Disc drive motor (moving means, rotational drive source), 95 6 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ , Pulley, 957 ... Ball bearing, 958 ... Locking, 959 ...
  • FIG. 1 to FIG. 39 show an embodiment of a medal game device that is useful for the present invention.
  • This medal The center device is centered on a large rotating center unit 6 on which various gimmicks such as characters are arranged, and a plurality of satellite units 2 (for example, 10 pieces) are arranged around the circumference at equal intervals.
  • This is a kind of so-called mass-medal machine that allows multiple players to play at the same time, and various games that can be performed only when the player (player) throws out the medal M by the pusher function when the medal M is inserted. It is structured to be rich in amusement and playability so that more medals M can be paid out.
  • the medal game device of this embodiment includes a medal launching device 8 for launching the medal M toward the rotation center unit 6 and the like according to the operation of the player, and the satellite unit 2 to the rotation center unit 6. And a main hopper 531 for collecting the dropped medal M.
  • the medal game device automatically fires the medal M from the medal launcher 8 in the satellite unit 2 other than the satellite unit before performing the payout operation of the medal M to the satellite unit 2 that has won the award.
  • the hopper 531 collects the medal M and replenishes it for subsequent medals.
  • FIG. 1 shows an external view of the medal game device according to this embodiment.
  • This medal game device includes a rotation center unit 6, a satellite unit 2, a pusher unit 3, a jackpot unit 4, and a turntable unit 5.
  • the rotation center unit 6 and the jackpot unit 4 have ten satellites.
  • the form is surrounded by part 2.
  • the jackpot section 4 is configured to rotate with the turntable section 5 by the same amount.
  • the medal M can be sent to the pusher unit 3 by using the medal feeding mechanism 14, and the medal M is a slit or the like in the pusher unit 3.
  • the video game image is displayed on the display unit 20 in conjunction therewith.
  • this medal game device is configured such that the medal M can be fired from the medal launching device 8 operated by the player toward various objects provided in the rotation center unit 6 and the like.
  • the casing constituting the main body of the medal game device includes a base casing Ka, a console casing Kb, and an upper casing Kc.
  • Ten satellite parts 2 are arranged at regular intervals around the case.
  • a console panel 10 protrudes from each satellite section 2 (see FIG. 1).
  • the upper casing Kc is formed of a translucent member so that the inside can be visually recognized.
  • a transparent or translucent partition plate Kd may be provided between adjacent satellite parts 2 (see FIGS. 1 to 3).
  • the satellite unit 2 includes a display unit 20, a payout opening 21, and a tray 22.
  • the display unit 20 displays video game images by the satellite unit 200 shown in FIG.
  • the payout port 21 is a supply port through which the medal M is paid out to the player of the satellite unit 2. For example, when an object of medal M is displayed on the display unit 20 and at the same time, the medal M is paid out from the payout port 21, so that the sensation as if the medal M, which is the image of the power display unit 20, is paid out. Can be given to players.
  • the tray 22 stores the medal M paid out from the payout slot 21 so that the player can take it out.
  • the display unit 20 is a monitor device such as a liquid crystal panel, for example, and the display unit 20 can be moved up and down by a moving mechanism including a drive motor 214 described later (see FIGS. 5 and 6).
  • the display unit 20 includes a moving mechanism that moves up and down, but the manner of movement is not limited to up and down and includes various other movement modes. For example, a mode in which the monitor device slides left and right or a mode in which the monitor device rotates around a predetermined axis may be used.
  • each satellite section 2 a medal feeding mechanism 14 that can be moved in a state where the medal M is held and is inclined downward toward the front end communicates with the medal insertion section 12.
  • the medal feeding mechanism 14 includes a guide portion and a rail (not shown).
  • the guide portion is a member that is connected to the lower portion of the medal insertion portion 12, receives the inserted medal M, and sends the parenthesis medal M to the rail.
  • each satellite unit 2 is provided with two sets of medal insertion units 12 and medal feeding mechanisms 14 so that two players can play side by side simultaneously (see FIG. 1).
  • a pusher unit 3 is provided for each satellite unit 2.
  • the pusher section 3 has two chuckers 35 (dish-like bodies) with multiple types of slits on the outer periphery.
  • the pusher base 36 is arranged side by side, the medal base 37 is extended from the lower side of the pusher base 36 to the player side, and the medal collecting portion 38 is opened to the front of the medal base 37 on the player side.
  • the pusher base 36 is provided so as to be able to reciprocate forward and backward with respect to the fixed medal base 37 as seen from the player.
  • a guide flat plate 39 installed with a gap in front of the chucker 35 is fixed to the pusher base 36.
  • This guide flat plate 39 is formed of a transparent member so that the player can visually recognize the lower medal base 37, and extends to the medal feeding mechanism 14 obliquely upward from the pusher base 36 side toward the player side. Then, it is driven along with the pusher base 36 in the front-rear direction.
  • the medal M inserted from the medal insertion unit 12 is sent out on the guide flat plate 39 through the medal feeding mechanism 14 and then rolls toward the chucker 35 from there.
  • the medal M passes through the slit of CHIAKKA 35 and wins CHICACA, the roulette lottery described later starts.
  • the medal M is prevented from winning the prize without passing through the slit, the medal M is dropped and held on the medal stand 37.
  • the pusher stand 36 It is pushed forward and falls to the medal recovery part 38 and is recovered.
  • the jackpot unit 4 operates in a jackpot process corresponding to a special prize or a jackpot, and is configured to be able to pay out a predetermined number of medals M.
  • the jackpot section 4 is a large target 43 such as a boss character imitating a monster, or a small target 42 such as a guard (guardian) guarding the monster, and a moving target imitating a monster bird. 41.
  • the large target 43 is provided with a blocking portion 44 with a hand as a motif that can be swung by a motor.
  • the turntable unit 5 is configured to rotate the jackpot unit 4 and collect the fired medal M. Details and configuration will be described later.
  • FIGS. 4 and 7 schematically show structural examples for medal detection in the targets 41 to 43 of the pusher unit 3 or the jackpot unit 4.
  • the large target 43 is covered with a mold that imitates a character, and a cylindrical body 31 is installed at the center with the axial direction oriented substantially vertically.
  • a part of the mold (for example, a part simulating the eye near the center) has a concave part with a hole, and the medal M jumping into the partial force can be guided to the cylindrical body 31 from this hole. Les. In other words, if the medal M jumps into the recess ), It is possible to detect the hit of the medal M by passing the cylindrical body 31.
  • the cylindrical body 31 can pass a medal M having a certain diameter or less from the opening 33 toward the opening 34, and a control rod 32 is attached across the central axis. Yes.
  • the control rod 32 has a function of aligning the direction of the medal M falling from the opening 33 within a certain range.
  • the cylindrical body 31 is formed of a material that can transmit light, for example, resin, and a light emitting element 304 and a sensor 301 are provided below the control rod 32 so as to detect the presence or absence of a shielding object.
  • the extending direction of the control rod 32 and the detection line connecting the light emitting element 304 and the sensor 301 are preferably set to form a right angle.
  • the diameter of the medal M is dl
  • the largest medal M the diameter of the medal M
  • the diameter of the medal M is d2
  • the inner diameter of the cylindrical body 31 is D1, 2 'Define d and D1 to satisfy the relationship dl> Dl> d2. If the inner diameter of the cylindrical body 31 is smaller than the maximum diameter of the fired medal M, the medal M cannot pass through the cylindrical body 31.
  • the size of the medal M that always blocks the detection line is such that the angle between the medal surface and the control rod 32 is less than 45 degrees. Is the time.
  • the distance D2 between the detection line by the sensor 301 and the control rod 32 is set to such a distance that the orientation control is completed to the extent that the medal surface is almost perpendicular to the detection line, for example, the same as the medal diameter. .
  • FIG. 8 shows waveforms of detection signals output from the sensor 301 in (B) to (F).
  • Waveforms (B) and (C) are pulsed due to different periods of blocking the detection line depending on the diameter of medal M It shows that the width is different.
  • Waveforms (D), (E), and (F) show multiple pulses when the same medal M crosses the detection line several times in a short period when a rotational force is applied to the medal M by the control rod 32. Indicate that this may occur.
  • the detection circuit of the present embodiment it is determined that one medal M has been passed when the detection signal changes to the steady state (L level) force H level. Thereafter, detection of the passage of the medal M for a certain period of time can be prohibited. For example, if the status of the detection signal is detected every predetermined sampling period (for example, about 2 ms), and the L level is detected for a certain period (for example, 3 samplings) and the L level is detected for a certain period (for example, 3 samplings), It is determined that one medal M has passed, and then detection of the status is prohibited for a period (for example, about 10 ms) that is sufficient to ignore the second node in waveforms (D) to (F). .
  • a period for example, about 10 ms
  • the waveform (A) in Fig. 8 it is also possible to detect the passage of the medal M at the rising edge of the pulse and prohibit the detection of the rising force S for a certain period T after the rising edge.
  • the presence or absence of the passage of the medals M can be detected reliably and inexpensively using only one sensor. It should be noted that two or more sensors may be provided to detect whether or not the medal M has passed, of course, nothing.
  • the medal launching device 8 is a device that is operated by the player during the shooting game to launch the medal M one by one toward the targets 41 to 43, etc., and is arranged at a distance to the target that the player aims at. Accordingly, the number of rotations of the roller drive motor 823 is variably controlled, and the direction of the firing rail 831 (medal firing direction) can be freely directed in any direction up, down, left, or right according to the operation of the lever 23 of the player. It ’s like that.
  • the roller drive motor 823 of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be fired from the medal launcher 8. At this time, when the player presses the firing button 842, the medal M is launched from the firing rail toward the target.
  • the medal launching device 8 includes medal supply means 81 such as a mini hopper 811.
  • the medal supply means 81 is automatically replenished with medals so that a prescribed number of medals can be fired sequentially.
  • FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are perspective views of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment.
  • Figure 9 shows the FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the medal launch port 833 side where a dull is fired
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the front (player side).
  • FIG. 11 is a semi-perspective view of the right side of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment.
  • the medal launching device 8 is provided with a medal supply means 81 that can store a plurality of medals M and can take out and supply medals M one by one, and a medal M supplied from the medal supply means 81. And a medal firing drive means 89 for applying a sliding force and launching along the firing rail 831. Further, the medal supply means 81 and the medal firing drive means 89 are provided on an operation table 80 that is pivotally supported by the support means 88 so as to be swingable with respect to the base 85. Further, the medal firing driving means 89 includes a medal urging means 82 that urges the medal M to give a sliding force, and a medal ejection means 83 including a firing rail 831.
  • At least the medallion injection means 83 is configured to be swingable in any direction up, down, left and right with respect to the pedestal 85.
  • An operation means 84 for operating the medal launcher 8 is provided so that the launch direction of the medal M (the direction of the launch rail 831) can be freely directed in any direction.
  • the operation table 80 includes a first operation table 86 including a medal supply unit 81, and a second operation table 87 including a medal launch driving unit 89 and an operation unit 84.
  • the first operation base 86 is connected to the pedestal 85 by support means 88, and is pivotable in the left-right direction (arrow X802) toward the game field by a support shaft 801 substantially perpendicular to the pedestal 85. It is supported.
  • the second operation base portion 87 is centered on a rotation center axis 803 that is substantially horizontal to the base 85 and substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the launch rail 831 of the medal ejection means 83 (medal launch direction: arrow X834).
  • the first operating table 86 can swing in the vertical direction (arrow X804).
  • the medal supply means 81 of the first operation console 86 includes a mini hopper 811 capable of holding a large number of medals M, and a medal supply motor 812 for supplying the medals M from the mini hopper 811 to the medal urging means 82. Let's go back.
  • the mini hocno 811 is detachably mounted on the player side upper portion of the casing 861 of the first operating table 86.
  • the medal supply motor 812 is fixed inside the housing 861.
  • a rotating disk 815 is provided in contact with the bottom surface of the mini hopper 811.
  • the rotating disk 815 has many holes (not shown) in which the medal M can be loosely fitted in the circumferential direction.
  • the rotating disk 815 When the rotating disk 815 is rotated by the medal supply motor 812, the medals M loosely fitted in the holes of the rotating disk 815 are sent one by one to the medal guide 813, and the rotating disk 815 The medal M is pushed out by the feeding force of, and the medal M is supplied from the medal supply port 814 at the end of the medal guide 813 to the medal urging means 82.
  • a medal urging means 82, a medal injection means 83, and an operation means 84 are fixed to the casing 871 of the second operation base 87, and swing together around the rotation center shaft 803. It is possible. At this time, if the rotation center shaft 803 is positioned near the exit of the medal supply port 814 of the medal supply means 81, the medal M can be smoothly supplied to the medal biasing means 82, which is preferable.
  • the medal urging means 82 includes means for forcibly applying a sliding force to the medal M supplied from the medal supply means 81, and the urged medal M is sent to the medal injection means 83.
  • the rotating roller 822 is driven to rotate by a roller driving motor 823, and a medal M is sandwiched between the two rotating rollers 821 and 822 to give a sliding force by rotation.
  • the rotation rollers 821 and 822 have their rotation center axes oriented in a direction substantially parallel to the rotation center axis 803, and are positioned above and below the medal feed surface of the medal guide 813 in the vicinity of the rotation center axis 803. It is erected to do.
  • the outer peripheral portions 821a and 822a of the rotating rollers 821 and 822 are made of a soft rubber such as urethane.
  • the rotation rollers 821 and 822 are installed at positions where the distance between the rotation center axes is slightly smaller than the sum of the radii of the rotation rollers 821 and 822, and the outer peripheral portions 821a and 822a have a predetermined length in the circumferential direction. It is preferable to contact.
  • the upper and lower rotating rollers 821 and 822 are driven to rotate at the same speed and in opposite directions by the roller driving motor 823, so that the medal M sandwiched between the rotating rollers 821 and 822 is given sufficient sliding force. It has become.
  • a stepping motor is used as the roller drive motor 823 to control the rotation speed of the motor.
  • the medal M urged by the medal urging means 82 slides inside the launch rail 831 and obliquely upward and forward (arrow X834) from the medal launch opening 833. Fired.
  • the launch rail 831 is a plate-shaped cylindrical body through which the medal M can slide in the longitudinal direction (arrow X834 direction).
  • One end (incident end 832) of the launch rail 831 is located near the exit of the medal M urged by the rotating rollers 821 and 822, and the lower surface 835 protrudes from the upper surface 836 and has a trumpet shape toward the end.
  • the medals M are formed so that they can easily enter the launch rail 831.
  • the operation means 84 includes a joystick-shaped lever 23 that functions as a gripping means, and a firing button 842 as an input means for inputting an instruction to fire the medal M from the medal launching device 8.
  • the player can determine the firing direction of the medal M by swinging the medal launching port 833 in any direction up, down, left, and right by holding the lever 23 and operating the medal launching device 8.
  • the lever 23 is provided substantially perpendicularly to the upper surface 875 of the casing 871 of the second operation console section 87, and the firing button 842 is installed on the top of the lever 23.
  • at least a part of the firing button 842 is made of a translucent or semi-translucent member so that light emitted from the light emitting element 844 such as an LED embedded in or below the button can be visually recognized.
  • a medal replenishment hole 876 that penetrates the housing 871 in the vertical direction is provided near the upper center of the housing 871 of the second operation console section 87, and the medal replenishment hole 876 is sent from the satellite hopper 25 to be described later.
  • the medal M conveyed by the feeding path 274 is replenished to the storage container 811 of the medal supply means 81 through the medal conveying means 27.
  • the medal replenishment hole 876 is disposed at the upper extension of the support shaft 801, and the medal M surely enters the storage container 811 even if the operation console 80 is swung.
  • Each satellite unit 2 has a medal tray 276 (collection means) provided below the pusher unit 3, and is fired from the medal M and the medal launcher 8 that have fallen from the side or rear of the pusher unit 3.
  • Medal M can be collected.
  • Medanol collected by the medal tray 276 is sent to the satellite hopper 25.
  • This satellite hopper 25 is It functions as a medal storage means for storing the dal M, and is equipped with a medal amount sensor 25a capable of detecting the amount of the medal M.
  • the medal M sent out from the satellite hopper 25 is transported to the medal launcher 8 through the medal guide 271 and the transport rail 272 that function as medal transport means.
  • the transfer rail 272 has a switching flap 273 in the middle of its transfer path. By switching this switching flap 273 by a payout destination distribution solenoid (not shown), a path for transferring the medal M to the medal shooting device 8 (first transfer)
  • the transfer path of the medal M is switched to either the path 274) or the path for paying out the medal M to the field for playing the medal pusher game (second transfer path 275).
  • the medal launcher 8 is fixed to the console panel 10 by a pedestal 85.
  • the support means 88 that pivotally supports the base 85 and the first operation base portion 86 includes a lock mechanism 881.
  • the lock mechanism 881 locks the support means 88 so that the first operation base 86 cannot be swung, and when in the shooting game mode, the support means 88 is unlocked and the first operation base 86 is unlocked. The part 86 can be swung.
  • each of the targets 41 to 43 is configured to be a target when the medal M is hit or passed through a predetermined hole or the like in the shooting game.
  • Each of the targets 41 to 43 is arranged at a position where the distance and / or height of the medal launcher force is different.
  • the moving target (trimecha) 41 is an object that imitates a monster bird arranged behind the display unit 20 (rotation center unit 6 side) in each satellite unit 2, and is a rocking drive including a support bar 411.
  • the mechanism is supported so that it can swing up and down and left and right as if it were flying.
  • the mouth of the moving target 41 can be opened and closed, and the mouth of the medal is also provided in the mouth so that it can be detected whether or not a medal has entered the mouth of the moving target 41. It ’s like that.
  • the light-emitting elements are embedded in the eyes and the wings can be fluttered.
  • the small target 42 and the large target 43 are respectively provided in the jackpot section 4 (see FIG. 3 and the like).
  • the small target 42 is composed of gimmicks such as four guards arranged side by side.
  • these four small targets 42 are fired medals When M hits, each falls down individually, and after the shooting game with the medal launcher 8 is over, it can be waked up at once.
  • a rotating shaft 422 connected to a motor via a gear is provided, and four supporting rods provided with a mounting base 423 for a small target 42 are provided on the rotating shaft 422.
  • Each 421 is attached freely to the rotating shaft 422 (see Fig. 3 and Fig. 14). Therefore, when the medal M is launched and hit, the small target 42 falls back together with the mounting base 423 and the support bar 421 around the rotating shaft 422.
  • each small target 42 is raised or tilted can be determined by, for example, detecting the position of the detected protrusion integrally attached to the support rod 421 or the like with a sensor. it can. Further, for example, four cams are integrally arranged at an equal interval on the rotating shaft 422, and pins that can be caught on the small target 42, the support rod 421, etc. are attached to the cam. By driving the motor and rotating the rotating shaft 422 forward through the gear, each cam and pin rotate together, and the four small targets 42 are raised at once using the pins. Can do.
  • the large target 43 is set as a target of the shooting game following the small target 42 described above (see FIG. 3).
  • the large target 43 is formed by a gimmick that imitates a character such as the head of the monster.
  • the large target 43 includes a winning hole 451 through which the fired medal M can pass and a chicker 50 having a sensor 452 for detecting that the medal M has passed through the winning hole 451, and a predetermined operation.
  • a blocking section 44 that prevents the medal M from entering the chiller 45 by performing the operation (see FIG. 15 and the like).
  • the configuration of the inhibition unit 44 is as follows, for example.
  • a cam 442 driven by the motor 441 is provided, and a cam follower 443 driven by the cam 442 is further provided.
  • the cam follower 443 has a structure such as a force urged to contact the cam surface of the cam 442 or a cam groove of the cam 442, and the like.
  • a support plate 445 is integrated with the cam follower 443, and for example, an inhibition portion 44 imitating a monster's arm is attached to the support plate 445.
  • the hindering part 44 is formed so that the tip part (for example, the hand part) of the operating part is positioned in front of the winning opening 451 (see FIG. 3 and the like). Therefore, when the cam follower 443 and the support plate 445 are swung, the hindering portion 44 is also swung, and the tip portion (hand portion) is moved up and down to periodically prevent the medal M from entering the winning hole 451. To do.
  • the obstructing portion 44 as described above is provided on both sides of the winning opening 451, and a large target 43 imitating a monster is formed as if swinging both arms up and down. (See Figure 3 etc.)
  • the configuration for operating the blocking unit 44 on the opposite side may be the same as described above.
  • the phases are shifted by a half cycle so that the pair of left and right movements operate simultaneously in opposite directions. .
  • the hindering part 44 that moves in this way improves the fun of the game by appropriately raising the hit difficulty in the shooting game.
  • the pair of left and right inhibition portions 44 When the pair of left and right inhibition portions 44 are arranged in this way, they may be moved up and down while the tip portions (for example, the hand portions) of each other do not overlap each other and do not interfere with each other. However, the arms may be moved up and down as an arrangement in which both arms are shifted back and forth so that the tip portions overlap.
  • the chuck 45 of the large target 43 has, for example, the following.
  • the winning opening 451 is formed by, for example, a resin-molded product having a nozzle-like shape that is constricted at the back (see FIG. 15).
  • the medal M placed in the winning hole 451 proceeds downward through the guide path 453 formed in the back of the winning hole 451, falls on the ramp 505, and continues to the ramp 507. (See Figure 3).
  • a sensor 452 for detecting that the medal M has passed is provided in the middle of the taxiway 453, so that the medal placed in the winning hole 451 is provided.
  • the number of M can be counted (see Fig. 15).
  • Such a chikka 45 is provided as a gimmick such as the central eye in the monster described above (see FIG. 1 and the like).
  • illuminations are added to the winning opening 451 of Chillakka 45 as necessary.
  • a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot 4 will be described (see FIG. 14 and the like).
  • a gate portion having a two-stage structure including a lower gate portion 46 and an upper gate portion 47 is used as a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot portion 4.
  • the lower gate portion 46 is a medal storage and payout mechanism provided in front of the small target 42 described above (see FIG. 14 and the like).
  • the lower gate 461 constituting the lower gate portion 46 is provided so as to be pivotable in the front-rear direction around the shaft 462. M can be paid out at once.
  • the configuration for operating the lower gate 461 is not particularly limited.
  • a motor, a gear, or the like may be used.
  • the lower gate is used by using a tension coil spring (not shown).
  • the 461 is urged backward (toward the small target 42), and the lower gate 461 is normally in an upright state (see Fig. 14).
  • a tension coil spring that can withstand the weight of the stored medal M is used so that the lower gate 461 does not rotate only by storing the medal M.
  • a lower gate pusher 463 that can slide along the slope of the slope in which the medal M flows in the jackpot portion 4 (see FIG. 14).
  • the lower gate pusher 463 is slid forward, and the lower gate 461 is pushed in at the tip of the lower gate pusher 463 so that the stored medal M is paid out at a stroke.
  • the lower gate pusher 463 pulled by the tension coil spring is brought into an upright state accordingly (see FIG. 14).
  • a mechanism for sliding the lower gate pusher 463 is not particularly limited, and although not shown, for example, in the present embodiment, a motor, a guide, or the like is used.
  • the upper gate portion 47 is a medal storage and payout mechanism provided behind the small target 42 and in front of the large target 43 (see FIG. 14 and the like).
  • the upper gate 471 constituting the upper gate portion 47 is provided so as to be pivotable in the front-rear direction about the shaft 472.
  • the medal M is stored in an upright state, and the force is obtained by falling forward. Can be paid out at once.
  • the configuration for operating the upper gate 471 is not particularly limited.
  • a motor, a gear, or the like may be used.
  • the upper gate is used by using a tension coil spring (not shown).
  • the 471 is energized backward (to the large target 43), and the upper gate 471 is in an upright state under normal conditions (see Fig. 14).
  • a tension coil spring that can withstand the weight of the stored medal M is used, and the upper gate 471 is prevented from rotating only by storing the medal M.
  • an upper gate pusher 473 is provided behind the upper gate 471 (before the large target 43).
  • the upper gate pusher 473 is slid forward, and the upper gate 471 is pushed in at the tip of the upper gate pusher 473 so that the stored medal M is paid out at a stroke.
  • the upper gate pusher 473 is slid rearward and returned to the original state after the payout, the upper gate 471 pulled by the tension coil spring becomes upright again accordingly (see FIG. 14).
  • a mechanism for sliding the upper gate pusher 473 is not particularly limited, and although not shown, for example, in the present embodiment, a motor, a guide, or the like is used.
  • the upper gate pusher 4 73 is operated to move the upper gate 471 only when all of the four small targets 42 (and the support rod 421 that supports them) are tilted backward and retracted. It is supposed to be tilted forward (see Figure 14).
  • the medals M stored in the lower gate portion 46 and the upper gate portion 47 are collectively paid out to the player. Try to do the action.
  • various conditions can be set as the constant condition. For example, a predetermined number or more of medals M may be driven into the chuck 45 of the large target 43 described above within a predetermined time. it can.
  • the lower gate 461 and the above-described Upper gate 471 is configured as a gimmick imitating the first and second gates of the fortress.
  • the action and action of defeating the lower gate 461 and upper gate 462 are performed, so that the atmosphere and interval as if the enemy is defeated one after another and attacking the fortress.
  • the medal game device 1 of the present embodiment includes a switching mechanism 48 for switching the medal supply path 49 when the medal M is supplied from the medal outlet 534 of the medal supply device 53 described above ( (See Figure 17 and Figure 18).
  • the switching mechanism 48 of the present embodiment has a horizontal axis (the medal in the lower part of the slope 480 through which the medal M flows in the jackpot section 4).
  • a guide shaft 481 arranged in a direction perpendicular to the payout direction of M), a rail 482 and a slope 483 that slide laterally along the guide shaft 481, and a lenore 482 and a slope 483. It consists of a motor 484 that slides (see Fig. 17 and Fig. 18).
  • the guide shaft 481 is arranged so that the two are parallel.
  • Rail 482 is a guideway that leads medal M supplied from medal exit 534 to lower gate 46
  • slope 483 is a guideway that leads medal M supplied from medal exit 534 to upper gate 47.
  • These rails 482 and slope 483 are integrated into the guide shaft 4 It is possible to slide integrally along 81 (see Fig. 17 and Fig. 18).
  • the rail 482 is a supply channel having a channel shape, for example, that bypasses the side of the slope 483, and guides the medal M to the medal flow channel 485 that is continuous with the lower gate portion 46.
  • the medal introduction part 482a of the rail 482 has a wide opening so that the medal M can be easily introduced.
  • the slope 483 is a member having a slope 483a inclined toward the center so as to guide the medal M toward the center of the ramp 480.
  • the lenore 482 and the slope 483 are supported by, for example, a channel-shaped bearing 486 that can move along the guide shaft 481 (see FIG. 18).
  • a rotating plate 487 is provided below the Lennole 482 and the slope 483. The rotating plate 487 transmits the driving force of the motor 484 to the rail 482 and the slope 483 via the protrusions 487a on the rotating plate 487 and the locking pieces 488 integrated with the bearing 486 and the like.
  • the positions of the rail 482 and the slope 483 can be detected based on the output of the sensor 489 that can detect the amount of rotation of the rotating plate 487 (see FIG. 18).
  • a so-called progressive method can be employed in the mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot unit 4 described above. This is when the accumulated value is increased every time the number of medals inserted by a player counts a predetermined number (for example, the total number of medals inserted by all players counts 10). The value can be displayed as a so-called jackpot value. According to such a progressive method, as the integrated value increases, the number of payouts at the time of winning increases, so it is possible to strongly attract the interest of the player. When such a progressive method is adopted, the medal M is supplied from the medal supply device 53 to the jackpot unit 4 as the integrated value increases.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the structure of the turntable unit 5.
  • the turntable 5 includes a medanol tray 51, casters 52, a medal supply device 53, a rotating plate 54, and a base 55. Components other than the base 55 rotate on the same axis of rotation at the same time It ’s like that.
  • the medal tray 51 is provided with an opening at the center, and has a shape for collecting the peripheral force medal M around it.
  • the metal tray tray 51 is provided with a taper-shaped bottom portion that can collect the medals M flying around the rotation center unit 6 (or the targets 42 and 43 arranged on the top). ing. The bottom of the bottom is open, and the medal M flying into the medal tray 51 slides on the bottom and is discharged.
  • the medal supply device 53 is configured to be able to supply the medal M collected by the medal tray 51 to the jackpot unit 4.
  • the medal supply device 53 includes a main hopper (medal collection container) 531, a medal supply motor (not shown), a medal guide 532, a swing lever (not shown), a count sensor 405, and the like.
  • the main hopper 531 is a collection container for collecting the medal M that has been fired from each satellite section 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 (or the targets 42 and 43 provided on the upper part thereof) and dropped downward. (See Figure 3). In the present embodiment, all medals M dropped within the range of the rotation center unit 6 are collected by the main hopper 531. On the bottom of the main hopper 531, a medal delivery device (not shown) is provided. Although not shown in detail, the main hopper 531 of this embodiment is provided with a medal amount sensor 531a (see FIG. 3).
  • the medal amount sensor 531a can function as a sensor (a two-empty sensor) that detects whether or not the medal recovery amount (storage amount) in the main hopper exceeds a fixed amount.
  • the medal sending device can send the medal M sequentially into the medal guide 532 by rotating a disk provided with a plurality of holes into which the medal M can be inserted.
  • the medal guide 532 functioning as a medal transport mechanism is a passage for the medal M, and the medal M can be transported for a long distance in a row.
  • the rotary plate 54 can rotate the medal tray 51 and the medal supply device 53 integrally by a motor 501 (not shown in detail in the present embodiment) provided on the base 55. It is possible.
  • a flow until the main hopper 531 collects medals M launched from the satellite unit 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 is as follows (see FIG. 3). That is, for example, the medal M that has fallen behind the small target 42 falls through the drop hole 506 provided in the corresponding portion of the rotation center unit 6 and slides or rolls on the slope 507), and then the drop hole Fall through 508.
  • the dropped medal M is further slid on the medal tray 51 described above and rolled, and is collected in the main hopper 531 (see FIGS. 3 and 19).
  • the medals M collected in this way are then supplied to the jackpot unit 4 by driving the medal supply motor.
  • FIG. 4 shows a system block diagram for operating the medal game device of the present embodiment.
  • the system block includes the main unit 100, satellite unit 200, target unit 300, jackpot unit 400, turntable unit 500, medal recovery unit 600, lighting unit 700, maintenance unit 800, and interface unit.
  • Has knit 900 It is characterized in that a distributed processing system is formed by connecting a main unit 100 as a first control device and a plurality of satellite units 200 as a second control device by bidirectional communication.
  • the main unit 100 is configured to be able to control the target unit 300, the jackpot unit 400, the turntable unit 500, the medal recovery unit 600, the lighting unit 700, and the maintenance unit 800. Data and commands are sent to and received from each satellite unit 200.
  • the main unit 100 includes a CPU 101, a memory 102, a timer 103, interface circuits 104, 105, 106, 108, a tone generator circuit 107, and the like.
  • the CPU 101 can execute a predetermined process as shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 as a part of the control device of the present invention by executing a program stored in the memory 102.
  • a program is stored in the ROM portion, and a RAM portion can be provided as a work area of the CPU.
  • the timer 103 can report the elapsed time by interrupting the CPU 101 at regular intervals by dividing the crystal oscillator.
  • the interface circuit 104 is configured to perform bidirectional serial communication with each satellite unit 200 and transmission of a sound source control command.
  • the interface circuit 105 sends a motor drive signal to the turntable unit 500, a drive signal to the medal recovery unit 600, and a lighting instruction signal to the lighting unit 700.
  • the detection signal of the position sensor 503 is sent from the turntable unit 500. It is supposed to receive.
  • the interface circuit 106 outputs a small target drive signal for the motor 401, a large target drive signal for the motor 402, and a hopper drive signal for the motor 404 to and from the jackpot unit 400 via the interface unit 900. Detection signals from the wave sensor 403, count sensor 405, and full sensor 406 of the target 43 are input. Further, a lighting instruction signal is output to each target unit 300, and a detection signal of the sensor 301 is input.
  • the interface circuit 108 is configured to input a maintenance unit 800 and an operation signal for maintenance.
  • the sound source circuit 107 has a built-in waveform memory, and synthesizes waveforms according to the sound source control signal from the CPU 101 and outputs a synthesized waveform acoustic signal.
  • the sound signal synthesized by this tone generator circuit is mainly related to BGM.
  • the sound signal is amplified by the amplifier 110 and supplied to a speaker attached to the main body of the medal game device.
  • the satellite unit 200 is provided corresponding to the satellite unit 2, and is configured to be able to control each satellite unit 2 while exchanging data with the main unit 100.
  • ten satellite units 200 are provided corresponding to each satellite unit 2.
  • This satellite unit 200 °, specifically white, CPU 201, memory 202, interface circuits 203, 204, 206, 208, 209, video display circuit (VDP) 207 and sound source circuit 205 It has become.
  • VDP video display circuit
  • the CPU 201 executes a program stored in the memory 202, and can execute a predetermined process as shown in FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. 25 as a part of the control device.
  • the video game displayed on the display unit 20 can be executed.
  • the memory 202 stores a program and a setting table 825 described later in the ROM portion.
  • the RAM part can be provided as a CPU work area.
  • the interface circuit 203 transmits / receives data and commands to / from the main unit 100, and the interface circuit 204 receives a sound source control signal.
  • the interface circuit 206 outputs a drive signal for the motor 212 to the satellite hopper 25 that supplies the medal M to the pusher unit 3 or each medal launching device 8, and inputs a detection signal from the count sensor 213.
  • the interface circuit 208 outputs a drive signal to the motor 214 that moves the display unit 20, and the interface circuit 209 transmits and receives data (detection signals) and commands to and from the medal launcher 8. It will be described later.
  • the video display circuit 207 includes a data memory and a frame memory, and controls the progress of the video game.
  • the video display circuit 207 generates a frame image based on the object data and position information specified by the command of the CPU 201, and displays 20 Are configured to output video signals.
  • the sound source circuit 205 has a built-in waveform memory, and synthesizes waveforms according to a sound source control signal from the CPU 201 and outputs a synthesized acoustic signal.
  • the sound signal synthesized by the sound source circuit is mainly related to the sound of the medal M and the sound of the video game displayed on the display unit 20.
  • the sound signal is amplified by the amplifier 211 and supplied to, for example, a speaker attached to the side of the lever 23 of the satellite unit 2.
  • the target unit 300 is a unit provided, for example, inside the pusher unit 3 or each of the targets 41 to 43, and includes the above-described sensor 301, board 302, and cold cathode tube 303. Further, although not shown, the target unit 300 includes a light emitting element 304 shown in FIGS.
  • the board 302 can input a detection signal from the sensor 301 and detect that the passage of the medal M is detected and detected by the determination method as described above to the CPU.
  • a circuit is provided that allows the cold-cathode tube 303 to blink when it is detected that the medal M has passed, or to control the lighting of the cold-cathode tube 303 in response to a lighting control signal from the CPU. ing.
  • the cold cathode tube 303 is disposed so as to surround the cylindrical body 31 and emits light with an amount of light that can illuminate the object through the pusher unit 3 and the molds of the targets 41 to 43.
  • the jackpot unit 400 includes a motor 401 that drives the small target 42 and a motor 402 that drives the large target 43, and other components (for example, a motor (not shown)).
  • a wave sensor 403 that detects the movement of the inhibition portion 44 of the large target 43
  • a hopper count sensor 405 that detects the movement of the inhibition portion 44 of the large target 43
  • a full sensor 406 are provided.
  • the motor 401 and the motor 402 contribute to moving the targets 42 and 43, respectively, and giving a visual effect.
  • the motor 404 is a drive device for dispensing the medal M in the jackpot process.
  • the wave sensor 403 detects the position of the inhibition unit 44 and reverses the movement of the motor 402 so that the large target 43 appears as if both hands are alternately moved up and down.
  • the count sensor 405 counts the number of paid-out medals, and the funnel sensor 406 outputs a detection signal for stopping further supply of medals when the hopper is filled with medals M.
  • the turntable unit 500 is a control block for the turntable unit 5 and includes a motor 5 01, a jackpot sensor 502 and a position sensor 503.
  • the motor 501 is provided on the base 55 for rotating the rotating plate 54.
  • the jackpot sensor 502 detects the position where the medal is paid out during the jackpot processing and stops the turntable unit 5.
  • the position sensor 503 is provided for each satellite unit 2 and is a position sensor for specifying a target corresponding to each satellite unit 2.
  • the medal recovery unit 600 includes a medal supply motor for a medal supply device (not shown) for supplying the medal M to the medal launching device 8 of each satellite section 2 in addition to the medal supply device 53 for the jackpot.
  • the lighting unit 700 is a unit in which lighting fixtures that illuminate the game space are arranged.
  • the maintenance unit 800 is a unit in which a reset switch for maintenance, a power-on switch, a test selection switch, an acoustic volume, and the like are arranged.
  • the interface unit 900 includes an interface mechanism for electrically connecting the rotating target unit 300 and jackpot unit 400 to the stationary main unit 100.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic system block diagram of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment.
  • Each medal launcher 8 is driven by a trigger sensor 843 that detects that the fire button 842 has been pressed, a medal sensor 837 that detects that the medal M has passed the launch rail 831, Roller drive whose rotation speed is controlled according to the distance of the target
  • the motor 823 and the medal supply motor 812 for operating the mini hopper 811 while the pressing of the firing button 842 is detected and the lock mechanism of the support means 88 for locking and unlocking the first operation base 86 881 and the like.
  • These are connected to the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 via the interface circuit (I / O) 209.
  • the CPU 201 controls the launch of the medal M by the medal launcher 8 and the replenishment of the medal M to the medal launcher 8 by executing a predetermined program stored in the ROM portion of the memory 202. Function as control means.
  • FIG. 13 is an example of a table configuration of the setting table 825 that stores an event performed during the shooting game and a firing speed parameter related to the firing speed of the medal fired from the medal launcher 8 in association with each other. is there.
  • the setting table 825 is data in a table format in which the rotation speed 827 of the roller drive motor 823 is associated with each of a plurality of targets (event 826) to be aimed at by the player.
  • the number of rotations of the motor is set in advance according to the distance and / or height from the medal launching device 8 to each target, and is adjusted to the number of rotations at which the medal just reaches each target.
  • FIG. 13 is an example of a table configuration of the setting table 825 that stores an event performed during the shooting game and a firing speed parameter related to the firing speed of the medal fired from the medal launcher 8 in association with each other. is there.
  • the setting table 825 is data in a table format in which the rotation speed 827 of the roller drive motor 823 is associated with each of
  • the rotational speed per minute of the roller drive motor 823 when the target is the moving target 41 is set to 2000-2100 rpm.
  • target 42 is set to 3000-3100 rpm
  • large target 43 is set to 4200-4300 rpm
  • target mechanism 911 is set to 2800-2900 rpm.
  • the setting table 825 is stored in the ROM of the memory 202 and is referred to when the CPU 201 force S roller drive motor 823 is driven and controlled.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a trajectory of medals launched from the medal launching device 8 in the present embodiment.
  • the medal firing speed (the number of rotations of the motor) is adjusted so as to draw a trajectory 891 in which the medanol reaches the moving target 41.
  • the shooting speed of the medal is adjusted so as to draw trajectories 892, 893, and 894 that the medal reaches these targets.
  • the ceiling projector-chicker device that is housed in the ceiling at the time of a so-called super jackpot chance event (described in a later section) is placed in front of the player. A new event centered on shooting games will be implemented.
  • This ceiling projector / chicker device has a projection unit 91 composed of a target panel that moves up and down between an initial position (see Fig. 29) accommodated and a position that becomes a target of the shooting goum.
  • a mechanism for raising and lowering the unit 91 and a projector device 92 for projecting a predetermined image on the surface of the projection unit 91 are provided.
  • the projection unit 91 is a target disk made of, for example, a disk having a plurality of targets (winning holes) on its surface.
  • targets winning holes
  • six target mechanisms 911 are arranged along the outer periphery of the projection unit 91 at regular intervals. In this case, a total of 12 targets may be arranged by placing a dummy between these target strengths 911.
  • the target mechanism 911 is simplified and represented by a cylindrical protrusion (see FIG. 28 and the like).
  • the target mechanism 911 is arranged as a target in the projection unit 91.
  • Each target force 911 is provided with an opening 912 for passing a medal
  • each opening 912 is provided with an opening / closing mechanism 913 for opening and closing a winning opening constituted thereby.
  • the opening / closing mechanism 913 is formed of an opening / closing shirt that mimics the shape (upper shirt 967, lower shirt 968), and is projected onto the target mechanism 911 and the gimmick applied to the target force 911.
  • the effects such as the image that is displayed give the user the power to feel as if opening and closing the mouth (see Fig. 35, etc.).
  • the projector device 92 is a device for projecting a predetermined image on the surface of the projection unit 91. In this case, it is possible to project the image by directly irradiating the projection unit 91 with the projector device 92, but in the present embodiment, the image is projected once onto the projection unit 91 after being reflected once by the reflector 93 such as a mirror. (See Figure 30). In such a case, for example, even if the projector device 92 is disposed above the projection unit 91, a necessary projection distance is secured. Therefore, these devices can be arranged in a compact manner.
  • the projector device 92, the reflector 93, and the projection unit 91 are all arranged on the turntable unit 500, and rotate with the turntable unit 500 inside the medal game device 1. (See Figure 3 etc.)
  • the projection unit 91 is slid in the front-rear direction via the motor 941 and the feed screw 942, and further moved downward so as to show the surface to the player side in conjunction with the movement at this time. It ’s like that.
  • the motor 941 is a drive source for raising and lowering the projection unit 91, and is fixed to the frame 509 of the turntable unit 500 on which the projection unit 91 is provided.
  • a feed screw 942 extending in the front-rear direction (direction connecting the satellite unit 2 and the turntable unit 500) is connected to the output shaft of the motor 941 so as to rotate coaxially.
  • a slider 943 that can move in the front-rear direction is engaged with the feed screw 942, and slides according to the amount of rotation of the feed screw 942.
  • the projection unit 91 is supported by, for example, a pair of support arms 944 arranged on the left and right sides (see FIG. 31, etc.). Further, two shafts 945, 946 forces S extending in the left-right direction are attached to the support arm 944 in parallel with each other. Of these, the first shaft 945 is attached near the end of the support arm 944. Further, the second shaft 946 is attached to the support arm 944 via a support piece 944a, for example, at a position between the projection unit 91 and the first shaft 945 (see FIG. 31).
  • the protrusion 944b is formed to attach one end of the shock absorber 949 in a rotatable state. The other end of the shock absorber 949 is attached to a slider 943 in a rotatable state.
  • the first shaft 945 is connected to the above-described slider 943 in a relatively rotatable state (see FIG. 29). Further, both ends of the first shaft 945 are guided by a slide rail 947 and can be moved in the front-rear direction along the slide rail 947.
  • the slide rail 947 is provided, for example, inside the frame 509 so that a pair of the rails 947 face each other.
  • the lifting mechanism 94 for lifting and lowering the projection unit 91 includes a gage with an inclined portion 948a. Id 948 (see Figure 29 and Figure 30).
  • the above-described second shaft 946 is in a state where it is placed on the guide 948, for example, at both ends thereof S, and is placed along the guide 948.
  • the projection unit 91 descends while projecting forward as the second shaft 946 descends so as to run down along the inclined portion 948a of the guide 948. Move so that it is positioned in front of the player (see Figure 30 etc.)
  • a donut-shaped roulette and an outer periphery of the roulette are arranged by the projector device 92 and the reflector 93 with respect to the projection unit 91 positioned in front of the player as described above.
  • the projector image of the target mechanism 911 is projected, and the rotation image of the roulette and the image of the target mechanism 911 opening and closing the mouth are displayed.
  • an image is projected in accordance with the opening / closing operation of the mouth of the target mechanism 9 11, it is possible to create a tasteful image in which the actual mechanism movement and the image projected on the part are synchronized. It is.
  • a target mechanism is formed by rotating a steel circular substrate 951.
  • a base plate 950 is fixed between the arms 944.
  • a rotating shaft 952 is attached to the base plate 950 or the support plate 950a on the base plate 950, and the rotating shaft 952 is attached to the circular substrate described above. 951 is supported.
  • a large pulley 953 that rotates the same amount is attached to the rotary shaft 952.
  • the transmission belt 954 hung on the large pulley 953 is also hung on a small pulley 956 attached to the drive shaft of the disk drive motor 955 (see FIGS. 32 and 33). Therefore, by driving the disk drive motor 955, the driving force is transmitted in the order of small pulley 956 ⁇ transmission belt 954 ⁇ large pulley 953 ⁇ rotating shaft 952, and the circular substrate 951 rotates.
  • three ball bearings 957 are mounted on the base plate 950 (see Fig. 33). These ball bearings 957 function to rotate and contact the back surface of the circular substrate 951 to support the circular substrate 951.
  • lock holes 958 are provided circumferentially and at equal intervals (see FIG. 33).
  • the base plate 950 is provided with a locking piece 959 that can be stroked at a certain distance and that locks the circular substrate 951 by being hooked on the lock hole 958.
  • a locking piece 959 that can be stroked at a certain distance and that locks the circular substrate 951 by being hooked on the lock hole 958.
  • six lock holes 958 are provided every 60 degrees so that the circular substrate 951 can be locked in a stopped state every 60 degrees (FIG. 32).
  • the locking piece 959 is provided so as to stroke in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the circular substrate 951 using the movement of the plunger of the solenoid 960 provided on the back surface of the base plate 950.
  • a sensor for detecting the rotation angle of the circular substrate 951 or the like is provided on the circular substrate 951 or the base plate 950.
  • a sensor for detecting the rotation angle of the circular substrate 951 or the like is provided on the circular substrate 951 or the base plate 950.
  • six sensor pieces 961 are arranged near the outer edge of the back surface of the circular substrate 951, and sensors 962, 963 force S are provided on the base plate 950 for detecting these sensor pieces 961. (See Fig. 33 and Fig. 34).
  • the sensor piece 961 is detected by the first sensor 962, the driving force of the disk drive motor 955 is suppressed to reduce the rotational speed of the circular substrate 951, and if the sensor piece 961 is detected by the second sensor 963, the solenoid 960 is energized, the locking piece 959 is stroked, and the circular board 951 is stopped by being locked in the lock hole 958.
  • the sensor pieces 961 are arranged corresponding to the lock holes 958, respectively (see FIG. 33).
  • a resinous annular substrate 964 is attached to the circular substrate 951. They are provided integrally (see Fig. 31 and Fig. 33). For example, in the case of the present embodiment, a plurality of target force 911 is formed on this annular substrate 964, and these target mechanisms 911 are integrally rotated by rotating the circular substrate 951 (FIG. 31). Etc.).
  • each of the target mechanisms 911 is provided with an opening 912 that constitutes a medal chucker (award opening), and each opening 912 is used to open and close a winning opening.
  • An opening / closing mechanism 913 is provided (see FIG. 31).
  • the projection unit 91 is further provided with an opening / closing drive device 970 for opening / closing the opening / closing mechanism 913.
  • the specific configurations of the opening / closing drive device 970 and the opening / closing mechanism 913 are not particularly limited.
  • the same number of devices can be provided in correspondence with the opening / closing mechanisms 913 of each target mechanism 911.
  • a single opening / closing drive device 970 is provided on the base plate 950, and a plurality of target mechanisms 911 (opening / closing devices 913) are opened and closed by the opening / closing drive device 970 one by one.
  • an extrusion member 971 that strokes in the front-rear direction is provided at the lower end portion of the base plate 950 described above, and the levers 965 and 966 provided on the back surface of each target mechanism 911 are swung by the extrusion member 971.
  • the levers 965 and 966 that can rotate around the support shafts 965a and 966a are respectively connected to the upper shirt 967 and the lower shutter 968 of the target mechanism 911, and the opening 912 is opened by swinging. Switch between state and closed state.
  • Each of the levers 965 and 966 is integrally formed with pins 965p and 966p projecting to the side (see FIG. 35).
  • the levers 965 and 966 have bracket-like hook connections 965b and 966b, respectively, and a force S is formed, and a tension coil spring 969 stretched between them connects the upper shirt 967 and the lower shirt 968 to each other. Energize in the closing direction (see Fig. 36).
  • each target mechanism 911 has a space formed between the opening / closing mechanism 913 provided on the back surface of each target mechanism 911 and the opening / closing drive device 970 when not driven (see FIG. 34). Therefore, the circular substrate 951, the annular substrate 964, and each target mechanism 911 can rotate around the rotation shaft 952 without interfering with the opening / closing drive device 970. Further, when the opening / closing drive device 970 is driven, among the plurality of (for example, six) target mechanisms 911, the opening / closing drive device 970 The opening / closing mechanism 913 located on the front side can be operated (see FIG. 34, etc.).
  • the opening / closing drive device 970 in the present embodiment will be described in more detail as follows. That is, the extruded member 971 has, for example, long holes 971a and 971b parallel to each other at the top and bottom thereof, and is guided by one or a plurality of guide bins 972 passing through the long holes 971a and 971b. Stroke is possible in a direction perpendicular to the 951 plane (see Fig. 35, etc.). Further, for example, behind the pushing member 971 (part away from the target force 911), another long hole 971c for driving extending in the vertical direction is provided, and a pin (not shown) is provided in the long hole 971c.
  • the cam member 973 is engaged with the cam member 973 (see Fig. 36). The cam member 973 is connected to the drive shaft of the chucker motor 974.
  • the cam member 973 rotates, and the pushing member 971 moves forward (the side where the target mechanism 911 is located) in response to this movement (see FIG. 35). ).
  • the extruded member 971 is in contact with the pins 965p and 966p, and reno-ku 1 965 and 966 are swung to open the upper shirt 967 and the lower shirt 968 so that the opening 912 is opened (FIG. 36). reference).
  • the cam member 973 further rotates from this state, the push-out lever 971 retreats backward.
  • the upper shirter 967 and the lower shirter 968 urged by the tension coin spring 969 in the closing direction via the reno 1 965 and 966 gradually return to the closed state as the extruded member 971 retracts backward.
  • the opening / closing drive device 970 of this embodiment when the cam member 973 rotates, the push-out member 971 is driven to reciprocate in the front-rear direction.
  • the opening / closing drive device 970 having the above-described configuration, it is also preferable to provide a mechanism for determining the position of the pushing member 971 that performs the stroke motion.
  • a mechanism for determining the position of the pushing member 971 that performs the stroke motion.
  • a protrusion (not shown) is provided on the push member 971, and the position of the push member 971 is determined using a position detection sensor 977 that detects the protrusion (FIG. 34). reference).
  • the medal M can be driven with the target mechanism 911 as a target.
  • the medal holder 975 and the medals are placed in the part immediately behind the target mechanism 911.
  • a sensor box 976 is provided, and the medal M passing through the sensor box 976 is detected by a sensor (not shown) (see FIG. 34).
  • the rear end portion of the movement path of the medal M formed by the sensor box 976 or the like is an open end 976a so that the medal M driven into the target force 911 can be dropped and collected.
  • the medal M detected by the sensor box 976 is immediately dropped and collected.
  • the medal receiver 975 has a tapered shape like a funnel (FIG. 34). reference).
  • the base plate 950 of the projection unit 91 of the present embodiment is further provided with an LED 978 for illumination.
  • a plurality of these LEDs 978 are arranged behind the target mechanism 911, and a portion of the target mechanism 911 (for example, a member made of a translucent material) is illuminated behind to produce an effect that makes it appear to shine from the front. .
  • the LED 978 is lit when the medal M is driven into the opening 911 of the target mechanism 911, the player can easily indicate that the medal M has won a prize.
  • a rubber elastic stopper 979 is provided (see FIG. 32, etc.).
  • the stopper 979 comes into contact with the rotation center unit 6 (or jackpot part 4) to reduce the impact, Furthermore, it functions to distribute the weight of the projection unit 91.
  • projector apparatus 92 and reflector 93 are used to project an imaged character called Rapha on the surface of projection unit 91.
  • Raffa's image is projected so that it is positioned at the center of, for example, six target mechanisms 911 arranged at equal intervals. (See Figure 39).
  • This arm A is designed to further enhance the effect of defeating the target mechanism 911 by driving a medal M into a target mechanism 911 by capturing the effect that the arm A explodes and disappears. is there.
  • a roulette image containing various numerical values is also displayed around the Rapha image.
  • the roulette image By linking the roulette image to the place where the medal M is placed, it is possible to allow the player to enjoy the power and the interval as if the roulette is actually being enjoyed. Furthermore, it is also preferable to display an image that matches the movement of the target mechanism 911 that opens and closes (in this embodiment, the lowermost target mechanism) 911.
  • the game of this embodiment is mainly a kind of role-playing game (RPG) in which the main character displayed on the display unit 20 encounters various scenes and progresses. is there.
  • RPG role-playing game
  • This RPG is a jackpot in which the hero proceeds through multiple game zones, exterminates enemy characters, collects predetermined game items, pays out medals M according to the results, and earns more medals. It includes various contents such as aiming to acquire a super jackpot chance that adopts progressive, and it progresses mainly by interweaving shooting games etc. prepared according to slot lottery and the lottery result etc. is there. Specific examples will be described in detail below.
  • the player inserts the medal M into the medal insertion unit 12 of each satellite unit 2 and starts the game play, the normal game is started.
  • the game title screen, demo screen, screen saver screen, etc. are displayed on the display 20 before the medal M is inserted.
  • a game standby screen is displayed together with the medal insertion sound. Displayed in part 20 .
  • the progressive value (the amount of medals that can be paid out in a super jackpot game described later) is increased by a predetermined amount.
  • the current progressive value is displayed as a numerical value on the display unit 20 and is accumulated as a real medal at the top of the rotation center unit.
  • This normal game is a so-called medal pusher game
  • the medanol M inserted from the medal insertion unit 12 moves along the guide flat plate 39 toward the chicker 35.
  • the chucking force 35 has a plurality of comb-like partitions erected at predetermined intervals on the periphery of the disk-shaped bottom, and reciprocates within a predetermined angle range around the central axis of the bottom. It is rotating.
  • the role-playing game here is developed as the main character progresses through multiple game zones, for example, collecting items called magic balls, fighting against monsters, (monster battles) Multiple battle zones where you can challenge or shoot in the satellite part 2, an exotic zone where you perform monster battles with special monsters, and so-called jackpots and super jacks with more medals It consists of a game power in the final zone where a shooting game is played with a pot chance.
  • the role-playing game is started when the medal M wins the chilla 35, and is composed of various game powers with an egg growth event and branching processing according to the result of the slot lottery.
  • the display unit 20 displays a circular display called “holding ball” that increases by one. For example, up to 10 hold balls are displayed.
  • the image of the dragon egg is displayed on the upper part of the hold ball on the screen of the display unit 20. With 10 hold balls displayed, if the medal M further wins the chilla 35, the growth value of the egg is displayed. In addition to increasing one, the egg on the screen is displayed slightly larger, and an image is displayed in which the egg gradually cracks as the growth value increases. When the growth value of the egg reaches 10, an image of the egg breaking and the dragon emerging is displayed on the display unit 20. There are several types of such dragons, and different techniques are shown on the screen of the display unit 20 depending on the type of dragon.
  • dragons are named “Kidra”, “Akadora”, “Chidora”, “Adora”, etc. depending on the display color.
  • a coin is spit out from the mouth and dropped, and in fact, the same number of medals M are paid out.
  • “drop the item” indicates that the image of the item is displayed on the screen of the display unit 20 (the same applies hereinafter).
  • Akadora it stands behind the main character on the screen of the display unit 20, and defeats the monster that appears in the monster battle described later with one blow.
  • a chadra a single item called a reach item is dropped on the screen of the display unit 20 as a predetermined item.
  • the slot lottery starts.
  • the slot lottery is performed using three rows of virtual reels displayed on the screen of the display unit 20 and a picture such as a number or a mark set on each virtual reel, and by reel rotation of a normal slot machine.
  • the arrangement of these three patterns allows medal M to be paid out, the number of medals M to be paid out, various games within each battle zone, switching between battle zones, transition to an extra zone, final zone Determine the type of shooting game, etc.
  • a precondition for example, when each number of! ⁇ 7 and 9, gold coin mark, treasure box mark, extra zone mark, and two kinds of special marks are set as a pattern on the virtual reel, Various game contents will be described.
  • a small hitting event is started, displaying an image of the main character on the screen of the display unit 20 picking up the gold coin, and the background display that was displayed so far Scroll to another background display (ie move the background forward). Further, a predetermined number of medals M may be paid out according to the number of gold coin marks arranged on the three virtual reels (either 1, 2 or 3). In this small hit event, even if two gold coin marks are aligned, the virtual reel that did not have the gold coin mark is not rotated again (Le, Reach Action).
  • the fire button 842 when the fire button 842 is pressed, the medal M is fired toward the small target 42 such as a guard doll installed in the turntable unit 500. In this way, when the medal M is fired with the fire button 842, the magic ball possessed by the hero is reduced by 1 (1DOWN) [0157]
  • the light installed below the small target 42 blinks and the item (predetermined number) is displayed on the screen of the display unit 20. Random coins, a predetermined number of magic balls, reach items, mirror pieces, etc.).
  • the moving target 41 for example, is configured to flutter its wings and make its eyes shine as a warning action, and when the satellite part 2 stops the pusher part 3 and the execution of the shooting game is confirmed, it is displayed.
  • the explanation screen of the shooting game is displayed on the part 20, and the explanation is finished, the display part 20 is moved downward.
  • the moving target 41 once stands by at the upper center position of the display unit 20 and then moves while flapping in the left-right direction toward the player when the firing button 842 of the medal launching device 8 is lit.
  • a plurality of different operation patterns are prepared as operation patterns of the moving target 41, and control is performed so that each operation pattern is selected at random.
  • the feather of the moving target 41 blinks light faster than normal flapping while blinking the light of the eyes. Fluttering (painful image), display unit 20 screen randomly selected from a certain number of coins, a predetermined number of magic balls, reach items, mirror fragments, etc. ).
  • the time limit has elapsed, the medal launching from the medal launching device 8 is stopped, and the moving target 41 is returned to the original fixed position while flapping slowly. Then, after the flapping of the moving target 41 is stopped and the light of the eyes is turned off, the display unit 20 is moved upward to return to the original position, and the shooting game is ended.
  • the same number is set on the three virtual reels, it will be a big hit event, which is larger than the above-mentioned hitting event mode (for example, 20 to 50 sheets may be different in increments of 5) Pay medal M.
  • the battle zone is changed to random, and thereafter, the various games described above and below are performed in different battle zones.
  • the virtual reel that did not have the same number will be rotated again (letter, so-called reach action).
  • the partitioning portion of the cigarette 35 is an undivided portion that is open and substantially not provided with a partition, a first partitioning portion that is provided with a partition at a narrow interval, and a partition that is provided at a wide interval.
  • the partitioning portion of the chucker 35 is changed to the first partitioning portion having a narrow width (slit width) between the partitions, while in the case of positive hitting. Changes the setting to the second partition with a wider width between the partitions (slit width), and in this state, the player inserts the medal M from the medal insertion unit 12 and continues the game.
  • a “treasure chest event” is executed in which the battle zone and background screen displayed on the display unit 20 are not changed.
  • the hero starts running and displays a large treasure chest image in front of it.
  • the treasure chest opens and displays an image that spits a large amount of items and medals M.
  • the amount of medals M may vary from 5 to 50 in increments of 5 depending on the treasure box.
  • a predetermined number for example, 20 to 50
  • medals M are paid out, and the screen of the display unit 20 is switched to perform processing in the extra game zone.
  • special monsters appearing on the screen of the display unit 20 are displayed as special types of monsters appearing in the knowledge zone.
  • the battle slot is used in the same manner as the monster battle in the small hit event described above, and it is determined whether or not the special monster is defeated according to the arrangement result.
  • you can defeat a special monster you will receive a larger number of medals M than when you defeated a monster in a small hit event (for example, the same number as when you succeeded in a jackpot chance described later). Pay out.
  • the pusher 3 of the satellite 2 is stopped, In addition, the display unit 20 is moved downward. Next, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be launched from the medal launcher 8.
  • the medal M is fired from the medal launcher 8 toward the large target 43 at a predetermined firing time (for example, 20 seconds) and at a predetermined firing interval (for example, every 0.2 to 0.5 seconds).
  • a predetermined firing time for example, 20 seconds
  • a predetermined firing interval for example, every 0.2 to 0.5 seconds.
  • the gimmick on the turntable unit 500 is changed to the satellite while changing the lighting unit 700 and music (BGM) of the medal game device 1. Rotate to be in front of part 2. During this rotational movement, a game description screen of jackpot chance is displayed on the display unit 20, and the rules are explained to the player.
  • the gimmick of the turntable unit 500 is located in front of the target satellite unit 2, the rotation is stopped and desired light and sound are produced. Then, all the small targets 42 are brought down, and the projection unit of the projector image is moved so as to push forward (player side) and descend. Then, the pusher unit 3 of the satellite unit 2 is stopped and the display unit 20 is moved downward. Next, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be launched from the medal launcher 8.
  • the gimmick force of the turntable unit 500 is moved back and forth within a certain angle range so that it faces the front of the satellite parts 2 and 2 adjacent to the satellite part 2 that played this shooting game. Repeat the operation several times. During this time, it is possible to launch the medal M toward the target satellite unit 2 and the satellite units 2 and 2 adjacent to it, and the gimmick on the turntable unit 500, and each player can use each medal launcher 8 to play each medal. Fires medal M towards the gimmick. When the total number of shots reaches the specified number, the turntable unit 500 stops reciprocating, and the turntable unit 500 is rotated and stopped so that the gimmick faces the front of the satellite unit 2 where the shooting game event has occurred. Stop.
  • the lower gate part 46 provided at the lower part of the gimmick of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and further, the upper gate part 47 provided at the upper part of the gimmick is opened. Then, the medals M held and held by these gate portions are discharged into the cup-shaped unit 17 described above.
  • the lower gate portion 46 accumulates medals M of the basic number of super jackpots (for example, 50), while the upper gate portion 47 accumulates a large amount of medals M corresponding to progressive values. I'm going.
  • the gate provided at the lower front part of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and the cup-shaped unit 17 that is installed at the back of the gate and to which the payout medal is delivered is connected to the satellite unit by the link mechanism.
  • the medal stand 37 of 2 is moved upward and tilted forward (player side), whereby all the medals M in the cup-shaped unit 17 are discharged to the satellite unit 2.
  • the display unit 20 is moved upward, the turntable unit 500 is returned to the normal rotation state, and the pusher unit 3 is re-operated. End the shooting game.
  • the number of medals M displayed when the roulette stops is added to the payout medal.
  • the opening and closing of the mouth of the target mechanism 911 hit by the medal M is stopped, the next target mechanism 911 is switched as a target, and the player continues to launch the medal M aiming at the mouth of another target mechanism 911. be able to.
  • the gate provided in the lower front part of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and the cup-shaped unit installed behind the gate and handed out the medal is paid out. 17 is moved upward by the link mechanism to the medal table 37 of the satellite unit 2 and tilted forward (to the player side), whereby all the medals M in the cup-shaped unit 17 are discharged to the satellite unit 2. Then, after returning the cup-shaped unit 17 to its original position and closing the gate, the display unit 20 is moved upward, the turntable unit 500 is returned to the normal rotation state, and the pusher unit 3 is re-operated. End the shooting game.
  • the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 controls the lock mechanism 881 to lock the first operation console 86, and the medal launcher 8 Does not rock from side to side. Further, the operations of the roller drive motor 823 and the medal supply motor 812 are stopped.
  • the player inserts a medal M from the medal insertion unit 12 and plays a medal game such as a medal pusher game.
  • the display unit 20 is at the reference position (default position).
  • a shooting flag is set.
  • the main unit 100 and the satellite unit 200 determine the current game mode as a flag during the loop process, and when this shooting flag is detected, the game mode is changed from the normal game to the shooting game.
  • the shooting flag is set, the CPU 201 determines the maximum number of medals M that can be shot in the shooting game this time.
  • the CPU 201 controls the driving of the roller driving motor 823 and starts the rotation driving of the rotating roller 822.
  • the drive motor 214 is driven and controlled, and the display unit Move 20 down.
  • the light emitting element 844 carried on the launch button 842 is blinked, and the shooting game using the medal launcher 8 is started by controlling the production such as playing BGM for the shooting game from the speaker 26. This is recognized by the player.
  • the CPU 201 determines the firing speed parameter based on the event that occurs according to the progress of the game, adjusts the sliding force applied to the medal by the medal urging means 82 according to this firing speed parameter, and Controls the firing speed of medals launched from launcher 8.
  • the CPU 201 determines an event according to the progress of the game.
  • a target to be aimed at by the player is determined.
  • the CPU 201 refers to the setting table 825 in the memory 202, reads the rotational speed of the roller drive motor 823, and starts rotational driving of the roller drive motor 823 at this rotational speed.
  • the rotation speed of the roller drive motor 823 increases while the production is performed on the display unit 20 and the like, and when the production is finished, the roller drive motor 823 rotates at a constant speed at the rotation speed read earlier. To come.
  • the lock mechanism 881 of the support means 88 is unlocked by the control of the CPU 201, and the operation table 80 can be operated up, down, left and right, and the CPU 201 starts accepting the operation signal of the trigger sensor. Then, the medal launcher 8 is set in a state where the medal M can be launched. In this way, if a player inputs a medal launch instruction, preparation is made so that the medal can be fired immediately at a predetermined launch rate.
  • the player operates the operation console 80 with the lever 23 to swing the shooting rail 831 up, down, left and right to determine the shooting direction of the medal M. Then, press the fire button 842 to fire the medal M toward the target.
  • the CPU 201 starts driving the medal supply motor 812 in response to the operation signal of the firing button 842 emitted from the trigger sensor 843, rotates the rotating disk 815 of the mini hopper 811, and supplies the medal.
  • the mini hopper 811 is operated and controlled so that one medal M is supplied to the medal urging means 82 through the mouth 814.
  • the medal M sandwiched between the rotating rollers 821 and 822 of the medal urging means 82 is urged by the rotational force of the rotating rollers 821 and 822 ( Glide M is launched from the medal launcher 833 by sliding on the launch rail 831.
  • the firing button 842 is kept pressed, the medal M is controlled to be continuously fired at predetermined time intervals.
  • the satellite unit 200 when the detection signal is supplied from the trigger sensor 843 of the medal launcher 8, and when the detection signal is further supplied from the medal sensor 837 within a predetermined time, the actually effective medal M is shot. Judge that there was. This is because even if the firing button 842 is pressed, the medal M may not actually be fired due to a clogged medal.
  • a command indicating that there has been a real shooting is sent to the main unit 100 via the interface circuit 203.
  • the CPU 201 performs control so that the medal M is automatically replenished to the medal supply means 81 of the medal launching apparatus 8 via the medal transporting means 27 in conjunction with the launch of the medal M by the medal launching apparatus 8.
  • the CPU 201 receives the firing detection signal from the medal sensor 837, controls the payout destination distribution solenoid provided on the transport rail 272, and sets the switching flap 273 to the medal launcher 8 side (first transport). After switching to the road 274), the motor 212 of the satellite hopper 25 is driven.
  • the medal M-cadal guide 271 By driving the motor, the medal M-cadal guide 271 is pushed up from the bottom to the top, passes through the transport rail 272, exit force of the transport rail 272, and through the medal replenishment hole 876 to the storage section of the mini hopper 811 of the medal launcher 8 The medal M is sent and the medal is replenished.
  • the CPU 201 switches the switching flap 273 to the pusher unit 3 side (second transport path 275) by the payout destination distribution solenoid, and then the satellite hopper. 25 is operated, and the pusher unit 3 executes a predetermined number of medal payout processing.
  • the CPU 201 will trigger the trigger sensor.
  • the operation signal of 843 is not accepted, the driving of the roller drive motor 823 is stopped, and the lock mechanism 881 is locked so that the medal launcher 8 does not swing left and right.
  • the drive motor 214 is controlled to move the display unit 20 upward to return to the original reference position.
  • a game image or the like may be displayed on the display unit 20.
  • SJP super jackpot
  • JP normal JP
  • the medal M will be replenished in advance (see Figure 37).
  • the number of medals replenishment (total number of launches) is determined (step 2).
  • the total number of medals (total number of launches) launched from the medal launcher 8 in each satellite section 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 can be handled as the number of medals replenished here.
  • the total number of launches from each satellite unit 2 in this case is the number of medals supplied from the main hopper 531 to the jackpot unit 4 since the previous replenishment and the above-described medal amount sensor 531a. Or it can be determined from the estimated medal recovery amount (storage amount).
  • the process proceeds to launching from each satellite unit 2 (medal launch).
  • the launch command is transmitted from the CPU 101 of the main unit 100 to execute the medal launch from the medal launcher 8 of the satellite unit 2 to be launched to the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 (step 3).
  • the satellite units 2 to be launched in the present embodiment are all of the satellite units 2 other than the satellite unit 2 that has shifted to the super jackpot chance. These satellite units 2 start launching (medal launching) in response to the launching command described above (step 4).
  • step 5 it is determined whether or not the remaining amount of medals in the satellite hopper 25 of each satellite section 2 is equal to or larger than a certain amount. If it falls below (No in step 5), it is determined that the remaining amount of medals in the satellite unit 2 is low, and subsequent launches (medal launches) are rejected, and a series of replenishment flows in the satellite unit 2 is performed. Finish (step 6). [0198] If the remaining amount of medals in satellite unit 2 exceeds a certain level (Yes in step 5), the number of medals replenished in step 2 (total number of launches) determined in step 2 It is then determined whether or not the remaining amount of the main hopper 531 is above a certain level (step 7).
  • step 8 When the total number of launches has been reached and the remaining amount of medals in the main hopper 531 exceeds a certain level, launching is stopped in all satellite units 2 and a series of replenishment flows is completed (step 8). On the other hand, if the medal replenishment number has not been reached, the process loops to step 4 and continues to be launched (medal launch) until the medal replenishment number is reached and the remaining amount of medal in the satellite part 2 falls below a certain value (see figure). 37).
  • the medal game apparatus 1 employing the medal M replenishment flow for the main hopper 531 as described above, the medal M is moved based on the replenishment flow as described above at the start of the super jackpot chance, and the medal game is performed. Since the process for eliminating the uneven distribution of medals in the device 1 is performed, it is possible to eliminate the state where the number of sheets stored in the main hopper (medal collection container) 531 is temporarily insufficient.
  • the medal distribution adjustment method is particularly effective for the medal game apparatus 1 as in the present embodiment, in which the number of satellite units 2 is large. Also, in this embodiment, the medal distribution adjustment is performed while automatically producing a curse from other players for the player who has transitioned to the super jackpot chance, so that the overall atmosphere of the medal game device 1 is improved. It is also characteristic in the sense of being able to excite.
  • the total number of medals launched (launched medals) is, for example, the number of wins (payouts) per super jackpot chance.
  • the medal launcher 8 of each satellite unit 2 always has about 10 to 20 medals M inserted, and the medal M is replenished from the satellite hopper 25 to the medal launcher 8 side. Is done.
  • the number of supplied medals is measured by the satellite hopper 25, and the number of medals M corresponding to the medal launching device 8 is launched.
  • a sensor (your emptiness sensor) provided in the satellite hopper 25 detects whether or not the minimum number of medals M necessary for continuing the game remains.
  • the medal launch (medal replenishment) is canceled before the remaining number of medals in the satellite hopper 25 falls below the minimum (see steps 4 to 6 in FIG. 37).
  • the satellite unit 2 that has received the replenishment stop command based on the detection signal from the sensor (your sensor) has the force S to stop the medal launching from the medal launcher 8 (medal launch) S, and the other satellite unit 2 Will continue to launch a medal (medal launch) unless such a withdrawal order is received.
  • the control unit (CPU 101) on the rotation center unit 6 side grasps the number of medals launched from each satellite unit 2, and in this case, for example, the total number of medals launched (medal launch) power S super jack. The replenishment flow is continued until the number of hits (number of payouts) is reached.
  • the launch speed of the medals M in each satellite section 2 is preferably constant.
  • each medall M is hit with a drop hole 506 (see Fig. 3). Be taken out.
  • the storage part main hopper (collection container) of the medal supply device 53). 531).
  • some of the launching medals M may fall in front of or behind the rotating center unit 6 and collect, for example, in a recessed part such as a dam. Not too much.
  • the medal M launched at the time of replenishment of medals is not temporarily stored in the rotation center unit 6 as described above, but the opening portion of the rotation center unit 6 (for example, the upper gate in the upper gate portion 47)
  • the opening between the 471 and the mounting base 423 is closed in advance, and the launching medal M from each satellite part 2 is replaced with the dam part (for example, the medal formed by the lower goto pusher 463 and the lower gate 461)
  • the dam part for example, the medal formed by the lower goto pusher 463 and the lower gate 461
  • the stored medal M can be paid out at a time by the operation of the lower gate 461 and the like thereafter.
  • the lower gate portion 46 and the upper gate portion 47 are left open (the state of being collapsed as indicated by an imaginary line in FIG. 14), and the medal M on the upper part of the rotation center unit 6 is placed. It may flow to the downstream side (front side).
  • the medals M that flow downstream (front side) flow down toward the satellite portion 2 of the player who has shifted to the super jackpot chance.
  • the number of medal amount sensors 531a in the main hopper (collection container) 531 of the medal supply device 53 of the rotation center unit 6 can be determined to determine the level of the number of medal storage (several levels such as large, appropriate, and small). By doing so, finer control can be performed at the time of medal replenishment based on the medal replenishment flow. For example, in Example 1 described above, the total number of medals launched (launched medals) is the power that makes the total number of jackpot chances (payouts) the number of medals in the main hopper 531 seems to be too small at the start of medal refilling. If so, the total number of medals launched from each satellite unit 2 (medal launch) can be increased (the number of medals added).
  • the medal replenishment based on the above flow is performed in the sense of replenishing medals in the main hopper 531, for example, when the medal game device 1 is turned on, all satellite units A medal launch (medal launch) may be performed from 2 toward the rotation center unit 6. That is, not only during the game but also in the previous stage (preparation stage) of the game play, the medal replenishment flow can be used to optimize the storage state of the medals M.
  • each medal launching device 8 of each satellite unit 2 is synchronized with each other to launch the medal M, and each satellite unit 2 is controlled so that the force and the wave are drawn, and the launching speed is further increased. It can be controlled to launch with a rhythm as if it were an automatic fountain. Alternatively, the timing may be shifted intentionally.
  • An annular gap is formed between the medal tray 51 in the rotation center unit 6 and each satellite portion 2 arranged so as to surround the periphery (see FIG. 3). Satellite When installing 2, the gap is effective to avoid contact with each other and damage when it is inserted from the side and brought close to the rotation center unit 6. However, if a medal launch (medal launch) based on the medal replenishment flow as described above is performed, there is a possibility of jumping to the launched medal M force S irregular and falling from the gap. In this regard, it is preferable to provide a fall prevention unit 28 that guides the medal M with such a possibility to the medal tray 51 and collects it to the medal tray 51.
  • a protrusion having a shape slightly covering the outer edge of the medal tray 51 is provided on the circumference (see FIGS. 3 and 38).
  • a rubber flap 281 is provided on the inner peripheral side of the fall prevention part 28, and the clearance between the fall prevention part 28 and the surface of the medal tray 51 is made smaller so that the medal M does not pop out. It is also preferable (see FIG. 38).
  • the lower gate 461 and the upper gate 471 are set in a state of being tilted forward (opened state) (see FIG. 14 etc.). In this way, the replenishment of medals M based on the Medanore replenishment flow is performed with the jackpot part 4 in a state like a slide without any catch. Satellite unit 2 where many of the medals M that have been launched have moved to Super Jackpot Chance by launching medals (medal launch) aiming at the medal passage including lower gate part 46 and upper gate part 47 Flow down the medal passage toward. In this way, the production in which medals M are collected one after another directly in front of the player is highly interesting. These medals M are temporarily stored in, for example, the cup-shaped unit 17 and then paid out to the satellite unit 2 at a time (see FIG. 3 and the like).
  • each satellite unit 2 after launching (step 4), each satellite unit 2 only determines whether or not the remaining amount of medals in the satellite unit 2 is below a certain value ( Step 5), specifically, a so-called near sensor that only determines whether the remaining amount of medals is below a certain level is sufficient.
  • Step 5 a so-called near sensor that only determines whether the remaining amount of medals is below a certain level is sufficient.
  • a sensor capable of specifically grasping the remaining amount of medals is used, whether each satellite unit 2 is ready to launch (medal launch) or not is determined. It is also possible to judge in In such a case, it is possible to perform self-management if it is determined whether or not each satellite unit 2 can launch at the time of transition to the super jackpot chance.
  • a plurality of sensors on the main hopper (medal collection container) 531 side. According to a plurality of sensors, it is possible to determine the level of the number of stored medals (for example, power within an appropriate amount range, less than that, etc.). For example, if the number of stored items is not enough, it may be necessary to display an error and call the staff, even if the number of launches (medal launches) from each satellite unit 2 is insufficient. If the level of the stored number of main hoppers 531 is above a certain level, it is possible to handle such that no error is displayed.
  • the level of the stored number of main hoppers 531 is above a certain level, it is possible to handle such that no error is displayed.
  • the game apparatus in which a plurality of (for example, 10) satellite units 2 are arranged around the rotation center unit 6 has been described as an example.
  • the game device 1 is not limited to the case where the satellite unit 2 is plural.
  • a single game space (satellite unit) is arranged with respect to a unit (center unit) in which various gimmicks such as characters are arranged.
  • the present invention can also be applied to the above.
  • the number of satellite units 2 is not limited as long as it is a game device 1 having a unit (center unit) having a shooting game target and a satellite unit 2 for a player to play.
  • the medal game device 1 effectively moves the medal M into the device even in a situation where a large number of medals M are paid out to the specific satellite unit 2. Since it is possible to circulate and prepare the medal M for the next payout, the medal game machine as an arcade game, and the game program that simulates (simulates) the power and the device to be used in the home video game. It can be widely used for games.
  • the medals M described in this embodiment are only examples of simulated bullets used in shooting games.
  • metal balls such as pachinko balls, resin balls (hard balls) such as BB ⁇ , medals, etc.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a game device using various simulated bullets such as a disc body.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Slot Machines And Peripheral Devices (AREA)
  • Toys (AREA)
  • Coin-Freed Apparatuses For Hiring Articles (AREA)

Abstract

A game device in which, even if a large number of medals (game bullets) have been dispensed to a specific satellite, medals for the next dispensing are prepared. The game device has a medal ejection device (8) for ejecting a medal (M) toward a center unit (6) according to player's operation and also has a collection container (531) for collecting medals (M) ejected toward the center unit (6) from each satellite section (2) and dropped. Before dispensing medals (M) to a satellite section (2) having won a prize, medals (M) are automatically ejected from the medal ejection devices (8) of the satellite sections (2) other than the satellite section (2) having won the prize, and these medals (M) are collected and replenished for subsequent medal dispensing.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
ゲーム装置  Game device
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、メダルを使用した遊技装置であるメダルゲーム装置等のゲーム装置に 関する。  The present invention relates to a game device such as a medal game device which is a gaming device using medals.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] いわゆるメダル落としゲームを行うメダルゲーム装置として種々のものが知られてい る。力かるメダルゲーム装置では、一般に、例えばメダル投入ロカ 投入されたメダ ルが、前後方向に往復動するメダル台を備えるプッシャ部に供給されるようになって いる。そして、このプッシャ部に滞積しているメダルが押し出されてプッシャ部から所 定位置に落下すると、このメダルがプレーヤに払い出されるようになつている。  [0002] Various medal game devices for performing a so-called medal dropping game are known. In a powerful medal game device, for example, a medal inserted in a medal insertion locus is generally supplied to a pusher unit having a medal stand that reciprocates in the front-rear direction. When the medals stuck in the pusher portion are pushed out and fall from the pusher portion to a predetermined position, the medals are paid out to the player.
[0003] また、近時、ギミック装置を配した大型の回転センタユニットを中心に設置し、その 周囲に 6〜: 10程度のサテライト (遊戯スペース)部を周状に配設し、これにより、複数 のプレーヤが同時に遊戯できるようにしたマスメダルマシーン等と呼ばれるメダルゲ ーム装置が多く利用されている。さらに、メダル通過を検出して何らかの処理を実行 するための入賞口(本明細書ではこれをチヤッカともいう)を設け、当該チヤッカをメダ ルが通過したことに連動して電子制御された懸賞ゲームを行レ、、一定の条件を満た した場合には多数のメダルを一度に払い出すなど、遊戯性を高めたゲームも広く知ら れている。  [0003] Recently, a large rotation center unit with a gimmick device is installed around it, and satellites (play space) of about 6 to 10 are arranged around it. A medal game device called a mass medal machine that allows multiple players to play at the same time is often used. In addition, a prize opening for detecting the passage of medals and executing some processing (this is also referred to as a “chicker” in this specification) is provided, and the prize game is electronically controlled in conjunction with the passing of the medal. There are also widely known games that have improved playability, such as paying a large number of medals at once when certain conditions are met.
[0004] このようなメダルゲーム装置は、プレーヤによって投入されたメダルを貯留させてお き、その一方でプッシャゲーム部から落下した枚数のメダルを払い出し、さらに、懸賞 ゲームの結果 (例えばジャックポット)に応じて多数枚のメダルを一度に払い出すなど し、装置全体としてある程度の枚数のメダルを循環させるようにしている。例えば、ゲ ーム中において回転センタユニットに落下したメダルはワイパを利用する等して一箇 所に集められ、回収された後に再び供給されて装置内を循環する(例えば、特許文 献 1参照)。  [0004] Such a medal game device stores medals inserted by a player, while paying out the number of medals dropped from the pusher game unit, and further results of a prize game (for example, a jackpot) Depending on the situation, a large number of medals are paid out at a time, and a certain number of medals are circulated as a whole. For example, medals that fall into the rotating center unit in the game are collected in one place by using a wiper, etc., collected and then supplied again to circulate in the device (for example, see Patent Document 1). ).
特許文献 1 :特開平 11 333135号公報 発明の開示 Patent Document 1: JP-A-11 333135 Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0005] しかし、従来のメダルゲーム装置の場合、当該装置内にてメダルを十分に循環させ 、払い出し用のメダルを常に準備した状態に保っておくことは難しい。特に、近時のよ うに娯楽性を高めるべく装置や懸賞ゲームの内容に種々の工夫がなされ、一度に払 い出されるメダル枚数が多くなりつつある状況下ではなおさらである。  [0005] However, in the case of a conventional medal game device, it is difficult to sufficiently circulate medals within the device and keep a payout medal always prepared. This is especially true in the situation where various devices have been devised for the contents of devices and sweepstakes games to enhance the amusement as recently, and the number of medals to be paid out is increasing.
[0006] そこで、本発明は、特定のサテライト部に多数枚のメダルが払い出された状況下で も次なる払い出し用のメダルを準備しておくことができるようにしたメダルゲーム装置 を提供することを目的とする。  [0006] Therefore, the present invention provides a medal game device capable of preparing a next payout medal even in a situation where a large number of medals have been paid out to a specific satellite unit. For the purpose.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0007] 力、かる課題を解決するべく本発明者は検討した。メダルゲーム装置自体に大量のメ ダルを内蔵させておけば払い出し用のメダルも準備しやすいことは当然ながら、メダ ルの収容枚数を不必要に増やすことはスペースの活用、メダルの有効活用、収容装 置の仕様 (サイズや強度)といった面からは好ましくなレ、。また、プレーヤによるメダル 投入、プレーヤへのメダル払い出しに応じて収容枚数が増減することも考慮すれば、 あくまで装置内にて収容メダルを効果的に循環させることが望ましい。本発明者はこ の点に着目してさらに検討し、力かる課題の解決に結び付く知見を得るに至った。  [0007] The present inventor has studied to solve such problems. Of course, if a large number of medals are built in the medal game device itself, it is easy to prepare medals for payout, but unnecessarily increasing the number of medals to be accommodated is the use of space, effective utilization of medals, and accommodation. This is preferable from the aspect of equipment specifications (size and strength). In addition, considering that the number of accommodated medals increases and decreases according to the insertion of medals by the player and the payout of medals to the player, it is desirable to effectively circulate the accommodated medals within the apparatus. The present inventor has further studied with this point in mind, and has come to obtain knowledge that leads to the solution of a difficult problem.
[0008] 本発明はかかる知見に基づくものであり、射撃ゲームのターゲットを備えたセンタュ ニットと、プレーヤが遊戯するためのサテライト部とを有しているゲーム装置において 、プレーヤの操作に応じて模擬弾をセンタユニットに向けて発射する模擬弾発射装 置と、模擬弾発射装置からセンタユニットに向けて発射された模擬弾を回収する回収 容器と、該センタユニットの回収容器内における模擬弾の貯留量を検出するための 模擬弾量センサと、サテライト部において模擬弾を貯留しておくサテライト用ホツバと 、該サテライト用ホッパから模擬弾発射装置へと模擬弾を供給するための模擬弾搬 送手段と、賞を獲得したサテライト部に対し当該賞に応じた量の模擬弾の払出し制御 を行う払出し制御手段と、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の発射制御を行う発射制御 手段と、を備え、発射制御手段により模擬弾を自動発射させ、回収容器にて模擬弾 を回収するとレ、うものである。 [0009] 例えばあるサテライト部のプレーヤがジャックポットに当選したような場合、当該サテ ライト部に対して一度に大量の模擬弾 (例えばメダル)の払い出しが行われると、当該 装置内における模擬弾 (メダル)の分布に偏りが生じる。このとき、模擬弾 (メダル)回 収容器における収容数が一時的に不足してしまレ、、場合によっては直後のメダル等 の払出しを十分に行うことができなくなるおそれがある。この点、本発明に力かるグー ム装置では、模擬弾(例えばメダル)を飛ばして各種オブジェクトに命中させるための 発射装置、つまり、プレーヤの操作に応じて模擬弾 (メダル)をオブジェクトに当てたり 通過させたりするべく例えばサテライト部に設けられてレ、る模擬弾発射装置を利用し てこのような状態を解消することとしてレ、る。 [0008] The present invention is based on such knowledge, and in a game device having a center unit provided with a target for a shooting game and a satellite unit for the player to play, it is simulated according to the operation of the player. A simulated bullet launcher that launches bullets toward the center unit, a collection container that collects simulated bullets that are launched from the simulated bullet launcher toward the center unit, and storage of simulated bullets in the collection container of the center unit A simulated bullet amount sensor for detecting the amount, a satellite hopper storing the simulated bullets in the satellite unit, and a simulated bullet transport means for supplying the simulated bullets from the satellite hopper to the simulated bullet launcher A payout control means for controlling the payout of the amount of simulated bullets corresponding to the prize to the satellite unit that won the prize, and a simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher. And a fire control unit for performing launch control, to automatically fire a simulated bullet by firing control means, Les when recovering simulated bullets at collecting container is Umono. [0009] For example, when a player of a certain satellite unit wins a jackpot, if a large number of simulated bullets (for example, medals) are paid out to the satellite unit at one time, simulated bullets ( The distribution of medals is biased. At this time, there is a temporary shortage of the number of units stored in the simulated ammunition (medals) container, and in some cases, there is a possibility that the immediately following medal or the like cannot be paid out sufficiently. In this regard, in the game device that is effective in the present invention, a shooting device for flying a simulated bullet (for example, a medal) to hit various objects, that is, a simulated bullet (medal) is applied to the object according to the operation of the player. For example, it is possible to eliminate such a state by using a simulated bullet launcher provided in a satellite section to allow it to pass through.
[0010] 具体的には、あるサテライト部において大量のメダル等の払出し (例えばスーパー ジャックポットチャンス)が行われる場合、それに先立って各模擬弾発射装置から模 擬弹 (メダル)を自動発射させて回収する。これによれば、サテライト部に散在してい る模擬弾 (メダル)を所定量ずつ集めて回収容器における不足分を補うことが可能と なる。しかも、模擬弾 (メダル)発射装置という既存の装置を利用した模擬弾 (メダル) の補充が可能であるため、回収のための装置を別途設ける必要がなレ、。このようない わば模擬弾 (メダル)の配分調整手法は、特にサテライト部が複数 (多数)のゲーム装 置において効果的である。  [0010] Specifically, when a large number of medals are paid out (for example, a super jackpot chance) at a certain satellite unit, a simulated spear (medal) is automatically fired from each simulated bullet launcher prior to that. to recover. According to this, it becomes possible to make up for the shortage in the collection container by collecting a predetermined amount of simulated bullets (medals) scattered in the satellite portion. Moreover, since it is possible to replenish simulated bullets (medals) using an existing device called a simulated bullet (medal) launcher, there is no need to provide a separate device for collection. This kind of so-called simulated ammunition (medal) distribution adjustment method is particularly effective in a game device having a plurality of satellite portions (many).
[0011] また、賞を獲得したサテライト部への模擬弾の払出しに先立ち、当該賞獲得サテラ イト部を除くサテライト部の一部または全部における模擬弾発射装置力 模擬弹を自 動発射させて回収容器にて当該模擬弾を回収することが好ましい。  [0011] Also, prior to paying out the simulated ammunition to the award winning satellite part, the simulated ammunition launcher power in part or all of the satellite part excluding the award winning satellite part is automatically fired and collected. It is preferable to collect the simulated bullets in a container.
[0012] また、本発明は、センタユニットの周囲に複数の遊技用サテライト部を配置したゲー ム装置において、プレーヤの操作に応じて模擬弾をセンタユニットに向けて発射する 模擬弾発射装置と、各サテライト部からセンタユニットに向けて発射された模擬弾を 回収する回収容器と、を備え、賞を獲得したサテライト部への模擬弾の払出し動作を 行う際に、当該サテライト部以外またはこれを含むサテライト部における模擬弾発射 装置力 模擬弾を自動発射させて回収容器にて当該模擬弾を回収するというもので ある。  [0012] Further, the present invention provides a simulated bullet launcher that launches a simulated bullet toward the center unit in accordance with a player's operation in a game device in which a plurality of gaming satellite units are arranged around the center unit; A collection container that collects the simulated ammunition launched from each satellite unit toward the center unit, and when performing the operation of paying out the simulated ammunition to the award-winning satellite unit, including or other than the satellite unit Simulated bullet firing device power in the satellite section The simulated bullets are automatically fired and the simulated bullets are collected in the collection container.
[0013] さらに、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の自動発射を模擬弾発射装置のそれぞれに おいてタイミングをとつて行うことが好ましい。タイミングをとることには、同期をとること 、あるいは意図的にタイミングをずらすこと等が含まれる。 [0013] Further, the automatic launching of simulated bullets by the simulated bullet launcher is performed on each simulated bullet launcher. However, it is preferable to carry out the timing. Taking timing includes synchronizing or deliberately shifting the timing.
[0014] また、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の自動発射は、賞を獲得したサテライト部に隣 接するものを含む当該賞獲得サテライト部の近傍のサテライト部のみで行うことも好ま しい。この場合、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の自動発射は、賞を獲得したサテライ ト部におけるプレーヤの視界に入るサテライト部にて行うことがさらに好ましい。例え ば、当該賞獲得サテライト部と、これに隣接するサテライト部と、さらに両隣の計 5つの 連続するサテライト部にて自動発射を行うといったものである。また、このようにサテラ イト部を限定すれば、模擬弾 (メダル)の補充に要する時間をその分だけ長く設定す ること力 Sできる。  [0014] It is also preferable that the automatic firing of the simulated bullets by the simulated bullet launcher is performed only in the satellite portion in the vicinity of the award winning satellite portion, including those adjacent to the award winning satellite portion. In this case, it is more preferable that the automatic firing of the simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher is performed in the satellite unit that enters the player's field of view in the satellite unit that won the prize. For example, the award-winning satellite part, the satellite part adjacent to this award-winning satellite part, and a total of five consecutive satellite parts on both sides are automatically fired. In addition, if the satellite portion is limited in this way, it is possible to set the time required for replenishment of simulated bullets (medals) longer.
[0015] さらに、本発明のごとぐ回収容器における模擬弾の貯留量が一定以下となった場 合に模擬弾の自動発射を模擬弾発射装置において行わせることも好ましい。賞の獲 得に連動させるば力りでなぐ必要に応じて自動発射を行い模擬段 (メダル)の補充 を行うことが可能である。  [0015] Furthermore, it is also preferable to cause the simulated bullet launcher to automatically fire the simulated bullets when the amount of the simulated bullets stored in the collection container according to the present invention is below a certain level. If it is linked to the acquisition of the prize, it is possible to refill the simulated stage (medals) by automatically launching as needed with force.
[0016] また、サテライト用ホッパ内における模擬弾の貯留量を検出する模擬弾量センサを 用いて当該模擬弾の貯留量を検出し、当該貯留量に応じて当該サテライト部におけ る模擬弾の自動発射を継続させるかどうかを発射制御手段により判定することが好ま しい。さらには、当該サテライト部における模擬弾の自動発射を取り止めた場合に、 他のサテライト部から模擬弾を少なくともその分だけ多く自動発射させることも好まし レ、。例えば模擬弾 (メダル)の枚数が足りないサテライト部があった場合には、それ以 外のサテライト部に対する自動発射を取り止めるための信号を遅らせて送信する等 の対応が可能である。  [0016] Further, the amount of simulated bullets stored in the satellite hopper is detected using a simulated bullet amount sensor that detects the amount of simulated bullets stored in the satellite hopper, and the amount of simulated bullets in the satellite section is determined according to the amount of storage. It is preferable to determine whether or not to continue automatic firing by the firing control means. Furthermore, it is also preferable to automatically fire at least as many simulated ammunition from other satellite units when automatic firing of simulated ammunition in the satellite unit is stopped. For example, if there is a satellite part with insufficient number of simulated bullets (medals), it is possible to respond by delaying a signal for stopping automatic launching to other satellite parts.
[0017] さらには、サテライト用ホッパ内の模擬弾の貯留量を検出する模擬弾量センサを複 数備え、当該模擬弾の貯留量を複数段階のレベルにて判定可能としていることも好 ましい。模擬弹 (メダル)の貯留数のレベル(多レ、、適量、少ないといった数段階のレ ベル)を判定できるようにしておくことで、模擬弾 (メダル)補充時、より細かな制御を行 うことが可能となる。  [0017] Further, it is also preferable that a plurality of simulated bullet quantity sensors for detecting the amount of simulation bullets stored in the satellite hopper are provided so that the quantity of simulation bullets stored can be determined at multiple levels. . By controlling the number of simulated spears (medals) stored (levels of several levels such as high, moderate, and low), finer control is provided when replenishing simulated bullets (medals). It becomes possible.
[0018] また、模擬弾量センサの少なくとも一部は、当該回収容器内における模擬弾の大 凡の量を検出可能なニァェンプティセンサであってもよい。この場合、このニァェンプ ティセンサによる検出結果に基づいてサテライト部からの模擬弾の発射量を決定する ことも好ましい。さらには、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の発射数を判定し、規定数 に達した時点でユアェンプティセンサによる検出結果を参照し、回収容器内における 模擬弾の大凡の量が一定値を超えていない場合には当該模擬段の自動発射の停 止を遅らせることも好ましい。 [0018] Further, at least a part of the simulated ammunition sensor is a large amount of the simulated ammunition in the collection container. It may be a near sensor capable of detecting an approximate amount. In this case, it is also preferable to determine the firing amount of the simulated bullet from the satellite unit based on the detection result by this nullity sensor. Furthermore, the number of simulated bullets fired by the simulated bullet launcher is determined, and when the specified number is reached, the detection result by the empty sensor is referred to, and the approximate amount of simulated bullets in the collection container is constant. If not exceeded, it is also preferable to delay the stop of automatic firing of the simulation stage.
[0019] また、回収容器内における模擬弾の貯留量を検出するための模擬弾量センサを複 数備え、当該模擬弾の貯留量を複数段階のレベルにて判定可能としていることも好 ましレ、。この場合にも、模擬弾 (メダル)の貯留数のレベル(多レ、、適量、少ないといつ た数段階のレベル)を判定できることから、模擬弾 (メダル)補充時、より細かな制御を 行うことが可能となる。  [0019] Further, it is also preferable that a plurality of simulated bullet quantity sensors for detecting the amount of simulated bullets stored in the collection container are provided so that the quantity of simulated bullets stored can be determined at multiple levels. ,. Even in this case, it is possible to determine the level of the number of simulated ammunition (medals) stored (multiple, appropriate amount, several levels when less), so finer control is performed when supplementing the ammunition (medals) It becomes possible.
[0020] さらには、模擬弾発射装置による模擬弾の発射数を判定し、規定数に達した時点 で模擬弾の自動発射を停止させることも可能である。  [0020] Furthermore, it is possible to determine the number of simulated bullets fired by the simulated bullet launcher, and stop the automatic firing of the simulated bullets when the number reaches the specified number.
[0021] また、本発明のゲーム装置においては、センタユニットにおいて落下してくる模擬弹 を受ける受け皿と、その近傍に配置されるサテライト部との間の隙間を埋めて模擬弾 が当該隙間から落下するのを抑える傾斜状の落下防止部が形成されている。これに よれば、打ち出された模擬弹 (メダル)がイレギュラーに跳ねて当該隙間から落下する のを、比較的簡単な構成によって抑えることが可能となる。 [0021] In the game device of the present invention, the simulated bullet falls from the gap by filling the gap between the receiving tray that receives the simulated kite that falls at the center unit and the satellite unit arranged in the vicinity thereof. An inclined fall prevention portion is formed to prevent this from happening. According to this, it is possible to suppress the struck mock (medal) from jumping irregularly and falling from the gap with a relatively simple configuration.
[0022] 本発明は、模擬弾力 Sメダルである場合にも好適である。また、センタユニットの周囲 に複数のサテライト部が配置された構成のゲーム装置に適用しても好適である。 発明の効果 [0022] The present invention is also suitable for a simulated elastic S medal. Further, the present invention can be applied to a game device having a configuration in which a plurality of satellite units are arranged around the center unit. The invention's effect
[0023] 本発明のゲーム装置によれば、特定のサテライト部に多数の模擬弾 (例えばメダル )が払い出された状況下でも装置内において模擬弾 (メダル)を効果的に循環させ、 次なる払い出し用の模擬弾 (メダル)を準備しておくことが可能となる。  [0023] According to the game device of the present invention, even when a large number of simulated bullets (for example, medals) are paid out to a specific satellite unit, simulated bullets (medals) are effectively circulated in the device. It becomes possible to prepare simulated bullets (medals) for payout.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0024] [図 1]本発明に力かるメダルゲーム装置の外観の一例を示す斜視図である。  [0024] FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example of the appearance of a medal game device that is effective in the present invention.
[図 2]メダルゲーム装置の外観の一例を示す正面図である。  FIG. 2 is a front view showing an example of the appearance of the medal game device.
[図 3]メダルゲーム装置の内部構造を示す断面図である。 園 4]メダルゲーム装置の機能上の構成を示す概略ブロック図である。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the internal structure of the medal game device. FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing a functional configuration of the medal game device.
園 5]プッシャ部及び表示部(移動前)周辺の斜視図である。 FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the periphery of the pusher unit and the display unit (before movement).
園 6]プッシャ部及び表示部(移動後)周辺の斜視図である。 6] A perspective view of the vicinity of the pusher part and the display part (after movement).
[図 7]プッシャ部ゃジャックポット部の各ターゲットにおけるメダル検出のための装置の 構造例を概略的に示す図である。  FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a structural example of a device for medal detection in each target of a pusher unit and a jackpot unit.
園 8]メダルの検出信号と検出方法を説明するためのタイミングチャートである。 FIG. 8] is a timing chart for explaining a medal detection signal and a detection method.
[図 9]メダル発射装置のメダル発射口側から見た斜視図である。  FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the medal launcher as seen from the medal launcher side.
園 10]メダル発射装置の手前 (プレーヤ側)から見た斜視図である。 FIG. 10] A perspective view seen from the front (player side) of the medal launcher.
園 11]メダル発射装置の右側面半透視図である。 Sono 11] is a right side perspective view of the medal launcher.
[図 12]メダル発射装置のシステムブロック図の概略である。  FIG. 12 is a schematic system block diagram of a medal launcher.
[図 13]設定テーブルのテーブル構成の一例である。  FIG. 13 is an example of a table configuration of a setting table.
[図 14]ジャックポット部におけるメダル貯留および払出しのための機構の一例を示す 側面からの図である。  FIG. 14 is a side view showing an example of a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot portion.
園 15]大ターゲットの入賞口やチヤッカ等の構造を示す図である。 Sono 15] This is a diagram showing the structure of a large target winning opening, chicker, etc.
園 16]大ターゲットの阻害部を構成するカム等の構造を示す図である。 16] It is a diagram showing the structure of a cam or the like that constitutes a large target inhibition portion.
園 17]ジャックポット部に対しメダルを供給するための機構、およびメダル供給路を切 り換えるための機構を示す平面図である。 FIG. 17] A plan view showing a mechanism for supplying medals to the jackpot section and a mechanism for switching the medal supply paths.
園 18]ジャックポット部におけるメダル供給路を切り換えるための機構を示す正面図 である。 [18] FIG. 18 is a front view showing a mechanism for switching the medal supply path in the jackpot section.
園 19]ターンテーブル部の構造の一例を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the turntable portion.
[図 20]メインユニットにおける処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of processing in the main unit.
[図 21]メインユニットにおけるジャックポット処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of jackpot processing in the main unit.
[図 22]サテライトユニットにおける処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing an example of processing in the satellite unit.
[図 23]通常ゲーム処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of a normal game process.
園 24]本実施形態にて説明したボス戦における処理の一例を示すフローチャートで ある。 Sono] This is a flowchart showing an example of processing in the boss battle described in this embodiment.
[図 25]サテライトユニットにおけるジャックポット処理の一例を示すフローチャートであ る。 [図 26]メダル検出のための装置を概略的に示す (A)正面図と(B)平面図である。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of jackpot processing in the satellite unit. FIG. 26 schematically shows a device for medal detection, (A) a front view and (B) a plan view.
[図 27]メダル発射装置から発射されたメダルの軌跡を示す図である。 FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a trajectory of medals launched from a medal launcher.
園 28]天井プロジェクタチヤッカ装置を構成する投影ユニットおよびこれを昇降させる ための機構を示す斜視図である。 [28] FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a projection unit constituting the ceiling projector / chicker unit and a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit.
園 29]投影ユニットおよびこれを昇降させるための機構等を示す側面図であって、投 影ユニットが初期位置にある状態を示す図である。 Fig. 29] is a side view showing the projection unit, a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit, and the like, showing a state where the projection unit is in the initial position.
園 30]投影ユニットおよびこれを昇降させるための機構等を示す側面図であって、投 影ユニットが降下した状態を示す図である。 FIG. 30 is a side view showing the projection unit, a mechanism for raising and lowering the projection unit, and the like, showing a state where the projection unit is lowered.
園 31]投影ユニットおよびこれを支持する支持アーム等の構成を示す斜視図である。 園 32]投影ユニットおよびこれを支持する支持アーム等の背面の構成を示す斜視図 である。 [31] FIG. 31 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a projection unit and a support arm for supporting the projection unit. FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the rear surface of the projection unit and the support arm and the like that support the projection unit.
園 33]投影ユニット、的板体 (投影ユニット)等の構成を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 33] It is a perspective view showing a configuration of a projection unit, a target plate (projection unit), and the like.
園 34]ターゲットメカにおける開閉機構、開閉駆動装置等の構成を示す側面図であ る。 FIG. 34] is a side view showing a configuration of an opening / closing mechanism, an opening / closing drive device, etc. in the target mechanism.
園 35]ターゲットメカにおける開閉機構等の構成をより詳細に示す斜視図である。 園 36]ターゲットメカにおける開閉機構等の構成をより詳細に示す斜視図であり、開 口部が開いた状態を示すものである。 [36] FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing in more detail the configuration of an opening / closing mechanism and the like in the target mechanism. [36] FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the opening / closing mechanism and the like in the target mechanism in more detail, and shows a state in which the opening portion is opened.
[図 37]メインホッパに対しメダルを補充するメダル配分調整手法の流れを示すフロー チャートである。  FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the flow of a medal distribution adjustment method for adding medals to the main hopper.
園 38]メダル受け皿の外縁に僅かに覆い被さるように形成された落下防止部および ゴム製のフラップ部の一例を拡大して示す断面図である。 FIG. 38 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing an example of a fall prevention part and a rubber flap part formed so as to slightly cover the outer edge of the medal tray.
[図 39]投影ユニットにおけるルーレットの回転映像の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of a roulette rotation image in the projection unit.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1…メダルゲーム装置(ゲーム装置)、 2…サテライト部、 3…プッシャ部、 4…ジャック ポット部、 5…ターンテーブル部、 6…回転センタユニット(センタユニット)、 8…メダノレ 発射装置 (模擬弾発射装置)、 10…コンソールパネル、 12…メダル投入部、 14…メ ダル送り機構、 17…カップ状ユニット、 20…表示部、 21…払出し口、 22…受け皿、 2 3…レバー、 25…サテライト用ホッパ、 25a…メダル量センサ(模擬弹量センサ)、 26 …スピーカ、 27…メダル搬送手段 (模擬弾搬送手段)、 28…落下防止部、 31…筒状 体、 32…制御棒、 33, 34…開口部、 35…チヤッカ、 36…プッシャ台、 37…メダノレ台 、 38…メダル回収部、 39…ガイド平板、 41…移動ターゲット(ターゲット)、 42…小タ 一ゲット(ターゲット)、 43…大ターゲット(ターゲット)、 44…阻害部、 45…チヤッカ、 4 6…下ゲート部、 47…上ゲート部、 48…切換機構、 49…メダル供給路、 51…メダル 受け皿 (受け皿)、 52…キャスタ、 53…メダル供給装置、 54…回転板、 55…基台、 8 0…操作台、 81…メダル供給手段、 82…メダル付勢手段、 83…メダル射出手段、 84 …操作手段、 85…台座、 86· · ·第 1操作台部、 87…第 2操作台部、 88· · ·支持手段、 89…メダル発射駆動手段、 91…投影ユニット(的板体)、 92…プロジェクタ装置、 93 …反射板、 94…昇降機構、 100…メインユニット、 101 · · 'CPU (払出し制御手段)、 1 02…メモリ、 103…タイマ、 104, 105, 106, 108…インターフェース回路、 107· · · 音源回路、 110…アンプ、 200…サテライトユニット、 201…。 !; (発射制御手段)、 202…メモリ、 203, 204, 206, 208, 209…インターフェース回路、 205…音源回 路、 207…ビデオ表示回路、 211…アンプ、 212…モータ、 213…カウントセンサ、 2 14…モータ、 214…馬区動モータ、 271…メダノレガイド、 272…搬送レーノレ、 273…切 替フラップ、 274…第 1の搬送路、 275…第 2の搬送路、 276…メダル受け皿、 281 …フラップ部、 300…ターゲットユニット、 301…センサ、 302…ボード、 303…冷陰 極管、 304…発光素子、 400…ジャックポットユニット、 401, 402…モータ、 403…ゥ エーブセンサ、 404…モータ、 405…カウン卜センサ、 406…フノレセンサ、 411, 421 …支持棒、 422…回転シャフト、 423…取付台座、 441…モータ、 442…カム、 443 …カムフォロワ、 44Φ · ·支点、 445…支持板、 451…入賞日、 452…センサ、 453· · · 誘導路、 461…下ゲート、 462…軸、 462…上ゲート、 463…下ゲートプッシャ、 471 …上ゲート、 472…軸、 473…上ゲートプッシャ、 480…傾斜路、 481…ガイドシャフ ト、 482a…メダノレ導人咅 ^ 482…レーノレ、 483…スロープ、 483a…斜面、 484…モ ータ、 485…メダノレ流路、 486…車由受、 487…回転板、 487a…凸咅 ^ 488…ィ系止片 、 489…センサ、 500…ターンテープノレユニット、 501…モータ、 502…ジャックポット センサ、 503…位置センサ、 505, 507…傾斜路、 506, 508…落下孑し、 509…フレ ーム、 513…樋、…底部、 531…メインホッパ(回収容器)、 531a…メダル量センサ ( 模擬弹量センサ)、 532…メダルガイド、 534…メダル出口、 600…メダル回収ュニッ 卜、 700· · ·照明ユニット、 800…メンテナンスユニット、 801 , 803…回転中 、車由、 811 …ミニホッノ 、 812…メタ、、ノレ供給モータ、 813…メタ、、ノレガイド、 814…メタ、、ノレ供給口、 8 15…回転円板、 821…回転ローラ、 821a…外周部、 822…回転ローラ、 823…ロー ラ駆動モータ、 825…設定テープノレ、 826…イベント、 827…回転数、 831…発射レ 一ノレ、 832…人射端、 833…メタ、、ノレ発射口、 835…下面、 836…上面、 837…メタ、、ノレ センサ、 842…発射ボタン、 843…トリガセンサ、 844…発光素子、 861…筐体、 862 …側壁、 863, 864…カイド孑し、 871…筐体、 872…側面、 873, 874…爪、 875· - · 上面、 876…メダノレネ甫充孑し、 881…ロック機構、 891, 892…軌跡、 900…インターフ エースユニット、 911…ターゲットメカ(ターゲット)、 912…開口部、 913…開閉機構、 941…モータ、 943…スライダ、 944…支持アーム、 944a…支持片、 944b…突起、 945, 946…シャフト、 947…スライドレーノレ、 948…ガイド、 948a…傾斜部、 949- · - 緩衝器、 950…ベース板、 950a…支持板、 951…円基板、 952…回転軸、 953· · · 大プーリ、 954…伝達ベルト、 955…円板駆動モータ(移動手段、回転駆動源)、 95 6 · · ·/】、プーリ、 957…球ベアリング、 958…ロック孑し、 959…ィ系止片、 960· · ·ソレノイド 、 961…センサ片、 962…第 1のセンサ、 963…第 2のセンサ、 964…環状基板、 96 5…レノく一、 965a…支車由、 965b…フック挂卜け、 965p…ピン、 966…レノく一、 966a …支軸、 966b…フック掛け、 966p…ピン、 967…上シャツタ、 968…下シャツタ、 96 9…引張コイルばね (付勢手段)、 970…開閉駆動装置、 971…押出し部材、 971a …案内用の長孔、 971b…案内用の長孔、 971c…被駆動用の長孔、 972…ガイドピ ン、 973…カム部材、 974…チヤッカモータ('駆動 ¾!)、 975…メタ、、ノレ受け、 976…セ ンサボックス(センサ部)、 976a…開口端、 977…位置検出センサ、 978· "LED (発 光手段)、 979…ストッパ、 Ka…ベース筐体、 Kb…コンソール筐体、 Kc…上部筐体 、 Kd…仕切り板、 M…メダル (模擬弾)。 1… Medal game device (game device) 2… Satellite part 3… Pusher part 4… Jackpot part 5… Turntable part 6… Rotation center unit (center unit) 8… Medanore launcher (simulated bullet) Launcher), 10 ... console panel, 12 ... medal insertion unit, 14 ... medal feeding mechanism, 17 ... cup unit, 20 ... display unit, 21 ... dispensing port, 22 ... dish, 2 3 ... lever, 25 ... satellite Hopper, 25a ... Medal amount sensor (simulated weight sensor), 26 ... Speaker, 27 ... Medal transport means (simulated bullet transport means), 28 ... Fall prevention part, 31 ... Cylindrical body, 32 ... Control rod, 33, 34 ... Opening part, 35 ... Chicker, 36 ... Pusher base, 37 ... Medanore stand, 38… Medal collection part, 39… Guide plate, 41… Move target (target), 42… Small target (target), 43… Large target (target), 44… Inhibiting part, 45… Chicakka, 4 6 ... Lower gate part, 47 ... Upper gate part, 48 ... Switching mechanism, 49 ... Medal supply path, 51 ... Medal tray (52), 52 ... Caster, 53 ... Medal supply device, 54 ... Rotary plate, 55 ... Base , 8 0 ... Operation table, 81 ... Medal supply means, 82 ... Medal urging means, 83 ... Medal injection means, 84 ... Operation means, 85 ... Pedestal, 86 · · · First operation table part, 87 ... Second operation Pedestal, 88 ··· Supporting means, 89 ... Medal launch driving means, 91 ... Projection unit (target plate), 92 Projector device, 93 ... Reflector, 94 ... Elevating mechanism, 100 ... Main unit, 101 ... 'CPU (dispensing control means), 10 02 ... Memory, 103 ... Timer, 104, 105, 106, 108 ... Interface circuit, 107 · · · Sound source circuit, 110 ... Amplifier, 200 ... Satellite unit, 201 ... ! (Launch control means), 202 ... Memory, 203, 204, 206, 208, 209 ... Interface circuit, 205 ... Sound source circuit, 207 ... Video display circuit, 211 ... Amplifier, 212 ... Motor, 213 ... Count sensor, 2 14… Motor, 214… Horse motor, 271… Medanore guide, 272… Transport Lenore, 273… Switching flap, 274… First transport path, 275… Second transport path, 276… Medal tray, 281… Flap part, 300 ... target unit, 301 ... sensor, 302 ... board, 303 ... cold cathode tube, 304 ... light emitting element, 400 ... jackpot unit, 401, 402 ... motor, 403 ... wave sensor, 404 ... motor, 405 ... Counter sensor, 406 ... Funole sensor, 411, 421 ... Support bar, 422 ... Rotating shaft, 423 ... Mount base, 441 ... Motor, 442 ... Cam, 443 ... Cam follower, 44Φ · · Support point, 445 ... Support plate, 451 ... Winning day, 452… Sensor, 453 Taxiway, 461 ... Lower gate, 462 ... Axis, 462 ... Upper gate, 463 ... Lower gate pusher, 471 ... Upper gate, 472 ... Axis, 473 ... Upper gate pusher, 480 ... Ramp, 481 ... Guide shaft, 482a ... Medanore guide ^ 482 ... Lenore, 483 ... Slope, 483a ... Slope, 484 ... Motor, 485 ... Medanore passage, 486 ... Car bearing, 487 ... Rotating plate, 487a ... Convex ^ 488 ... Stopper, 489 ... sensor, 500 ... turn tape glue unit, 501 ... motor, 502 ... jackpot sensor, 503 ... position sensor, 505, 507 ... slope, 506, 508 ... falling, 509 ... frame, 513 ... 樋, ... Bottom, 531 ... Main hopper (collection container), 531a ... Medal amount sensor ( Simulated light weight sensor), 532 ... medal guide, 534 ... medal exit, 600 ... medal recovery unit, 700 ... lighting unit, 800 ... maintenance unit, 801, 803 ... rotating, car, 811 ... mini hono, 812 ···································································································································································· • Drive motor, 825 ... Setting tape glue, 826 ... Event, 827 ... Number of revolutions, 831 ... Firing less, 832 ... Shooting end, 833 ... Meta, Grenade launcher, 835 ... Bottom, 836 ... Top, 837 ... Meta , ... Sensor sensor, 842 ... Launch button, 843 ... Trigger sensor, 844 ... Light emitting element, 861 ... Housing, 862 ... Side wall, 863, 864 ... Caid, 871 ... Housing, 872 ... Side, 873, 874 ... Claw, 875 ··· Top, 876… medalene filled, 881… lock mechanism, 891 , 892 ... locus, 900 ... interface unit, 911 ... target mechanism (target), 912 ... opening, 913 ... opening / closing mechanism, 941 ... motor, 943 ... slider, 944 ... support arm, 944a ... support piece, 944b ... projection , 945, 946 ... Shaft, 947 ... Slide Lenore, 948 ... Guide, 948a ... Inclined part, 949- ·-Shock absorber, 950 ... Base plate, 950a ... Support plate, 951 ... Circular substrate, 952 ... Rotating shaft, 953 · · · Large pulley, 954 ... Transmission belt, 955 ... Disc drive motor (moving means, rotational drive source), 95 6 · · · · ·, Pulley, 957 ... Ball bearing, 958 ... Locking, 959 ... System stop piece, 960 ··· Solenoid, 961 ... Sensor piece, 962 ... First sensor, 963 ... Second sensor, 964 ... Ring board, 96 5 ... Lenokuichi, 965a ... Travel, 965b ... Hook Burning, 965p ... pin, 966 ... Leno Kuichi, 966a ... support shaft, 966b ... hooking, 966p ... pin, 967 Upper shatter, 968 ... Lower shatter, 96 9 ... Tensile coil spring (biasing means), 970 ... Opening / closing drive device, 971 ... Extruding member, 971a ... Long hole for guide, 971b ... Long hole for guide, 971c ... Covered Long hole for driving, 972 ... guide pin, 973 ... cam member, 974 ... chicker motor ('drive ¾!), 975 ... meta, drain receiver, 976 ... sensor box (sensor part), 976a ... open end, 977 ... Position detection sensor, 978 "LED (light emitting means), 979 ... Stopper, Ka ... Base housing, Kb ... Console housing, Kc ... Upper housing, Kd ... Partition plate, M ... Medal (simulated bullet).
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0026] 以下、本発明の構成を図面に示す実施の形態の一例に基づいて詳細に説明する Hereinafter, the configuration of the present invention will be described in detail based on an example of an embodiment shown in the drawings.
[0027] 図 1〜図 39に本発明に力かるメダルゲーム装置の実施形態を示す。このメダルゲ ーム装置は、キャラクタ等の種々のギミックが配された大型の回転センタユニット 6を 中心とし、その周囲に複数 (一例として 10個)のサテライト部 2を円周状に等間隔に配 置し、複数または複数組のプレーヤが同時に遊戯できるようにしたいわゆるマスメダ ノレマシーンの一種であり、プレーヤ(遊戯者)がメダル Mを投入した場合にプッシャ機 能によってメダル Mの払い出しを受けるだけではなぐ各種ゲームを実行してより多く のメダル Mの払い出しを受けることができるという娯楽性 ·遊戯性に富むものとして構 成されているものである。 FIG. 1 to FIG. 39 show an embodiment of a medal game device that is useful for the present invention. This medal The center device is centered on a large rotating center unit 6 on which various gimmicks such as characters are arranged, and a plurality of satellite units 2 (for example, 10 pieces) are arranged around the circumference at equal intervals. This is a kind of so-called mass-medal machine that allows multiple players to play at the same time, and various games that can be performed only when the player (player) throws out the medal M by the pusher function when the medal M is inserted. It is structured to be rich in amusement and playability so that more medals M can be paid out.
[0028] 本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置は、プレーヤの操作に応じてメダル Mを回転センタ ユニット 6等に向けて発射するためのメダル発射装置 8と、各サテライト部 2から回転セ ンタユニット 6に向けて発射され落下したメダル Mを回収するメインホッパ 531と、を備 えている。そして、このメダルゲーム装置は、賞を獲得したサテライト部 2へのメダル M の払い出し動作を行うより前に、当該サテライト部以外のサテライト部 2におけるメダル 発射装置 8からメダル Mを自動発射させてメインホッパ 531にて当該メダル Mを回収 し、以降のメダル払い出し用に補充しておくという動作を行うこととしている。  [0028] The medal game device of this embodiment includes a medal launching device 8 for launching the medal M toward the rotation center unit 6 and the like according to the operation of the player, and the satellite unit 2 to the rotation center unit 6. And a main hopper 531 for collecting the dropped medal M. The medal game device automatically fires the medal M from the medal launcher 8 in the satellite unit 2 other than the satellite unit before performing the payout operation of the medal M to the satellite unit 2 that has won the award. The hopper 531 collects the medal M and replenishes it for subsequent medals.
[0029] まず、メダルゲーム装置の全体構成から説明する。図 1に、本実施形態におけるメ ダルゲーム装置の外観図を示す。このメダルゲーム装置は、回転センタユニット 6、サ テライト部 2、プッシャ部 3、ジャックポット部 4およびターンテーブル部 5を備えている もので、回転センタユニット 6とジャックポット部 4が 10個のサテライト部 2によって囲ま れた形態となっている。ジャックポット部 4は、ターンテーブル部 5とともに同量だけ回 転するように構成されてレ、る。  First, the overall configuration of the medal game device will be described. FIG. 1 shows an external view of the medal game device according to this embodiment. This medal game device includes a rotation center unit 6, a satellite unit 2, a pusher unit 3, a jackpot unit 4, and a turntable unit 5. The rotation center unit 6 and the jackpot unit 4 have ten satellites. The form is surrounded by part 2. The jackpot section 4 is configured to rotate with the turntable section 5 by the same amount.
[0030] また、このメダルゲーム装置においては、メダル送り機構 14を利用してプッシャ部 3 に向けてメダル Mを送ることができるようになつており、当該メダル Mがプッシャ部 3に おけるスリット等の所定位置を通過等すると表示部 20にビデオゲームの画像がこれ に連動して表示されるようになっている。さらに、このメダルゲーム装置は、プレーヤ により操作されるメダル発射装置 8からは回転センタユニット 6等に設けられた各種ォ ブジエタトに向けてメダル Mを発射して飛ばすことができるようになつている。  [0030] Further, in this medal game device, the medal M can be sent to the pusher unit 3 by using the medal feeding mechanism 14, and the medal M is a slit or the like in the pusher unit 3. When a predetermined position is passed, the video game image is displayed on the display unit 20 in conjunction therewith. Further, this medal game device is configured such that the medal M can be fired from the medal launching device 8 operated by the player toward various objects provided in the rotation center unit 6 and the like.
[0031] メダルゲーム装置の本体を構成する筐体は、ベース筐体 Ka、コンソール筐体 Kb及 び上部筐体 Kcからなる。筐体の周囲には 10個のサテライト部 2が等間隔に配置され ており、それぞれのサテライト部 2にコンソールパネル 10が突設されている(図 1参照 )。また、上部筐体 Kcは、その内部を視認できるように透光性部材で形成されている 。なお、隣接するサテライト部 2の間には例えば透明ないしは半透明の仕切り板 Kdな どを設けてもよい(図 1〜図 3参照)。 The casing constituting the main body of the medal game device includes a base casing Ka, a console casing Kb, and an upper casing Kc. Ten satellite parts 2 are arranged at regular intervals around the case. A console panel 10 protrudes from each satellite section 2 (see FIG. 1). Further, the upper casing Kc is formed of a translucent member so that the inside can be visually recognized. For example, a transparent or translucent partition plate Kd may be provided between adjacent satellite parts 2 (see FIGS. 1 to 3).
[0032] サテライト部 2は、表示部 20、払出し口 21、受け皿 22を備えている。表示部 20は、 図 4に示すサテライトユニット 200によりビデオゲームの画像が表示されるようになつ ている。払出し口 21は、当該サテライト部 2のプレーヤに対してメダル Mが払い出さ れる供給口である。例えばこの表示部 20にメダル Mのオブジェクトを表示すると同時 にこの払出し口 21からメダル Mを払い出すことにより、あた力 表示部 20の画像であ るメダル Mが払い出されたかのような感覚をプレーヤに与えることができる。受け皿 2 2は、払出し口 21から払い出されたメダル Mを貯め、プレーヤが取り出せるようになつ ている。 The satellite unit 2 includes a display unit 20, a payout opening 21, and a tray 22. The display unit 20 displays video game images by the satellite unit 200 shown in FIG. The payout port 21 is a supply port through which the medal M is paid out to the player of the satellite unit 2. For example, when an object of medal M is displayed on the display unit 20 and at the same time, the medal M is paid out from the payout port 21, so that the sensation as if the medal M, which is the image of the power display unit 20, is paid out. Can be given to players. The tray 22 stores the medal M paid out from the payout slot 21 so that the player can take it out.
[0033] 表示部 20は、例えば液晶パネル等のモニタ装置であり、後述の駆動モータ 214を 含む移動機構により、表示部 20が上下に移動可能になっている(図 5、図 6参照)。 本実施形態では、表示部 20が上下に昇降する移動機構を備えているが、移動の仕 方は上下の昇降に限定されず、他の様々な移動態様を含むものである。例えば、モ ニタ装置が左右にスライドする態様や、所定の軸で回転する態様でもよい。  The display unit 20 is a monitor device such as a liquid crystal panel, for example, and the display unit 20 can be moved up and down by a moving mechanism including a drive motor 214 described later (see FIGS. 5 and 6). In the present embodiment, the display unit 20 includes a moving mechanism that moves up and down, but the manner of movement is not limited to up and down and includes various other movement modes. For example, a mode in which the monitor device slides left and right or a mode in which the monitor device rotates around a predetermined axis may be used.
[0034] また、各サテライト部 2には、メダル Mが保持された状態で遊動できかつ先端に向か つて下方に傾斜して設置されたメダル送り機構 14が、メダル投入部 12と連通するよう に設けられている。このメダル送り機構 14は、ガイド部とレール(図示省略)を備えて いる。ガイド部は、メダル投入部 12の下側部分と連接され、投入されたメダル Mを受 け、かっこのメダル Mをレールに送るための部材である。なお、このメダルゲーム装置 においては、各サテライト部 2にメダル投入部 12およびメダル送り機構 14が 2セットず つ設けられており、 2人のプレーヤが並んで同時に遊技できるようになつている(図 1 参照)。  [0034] Further, in each satellite section 2, a medal feeding mechanism 14 that can be moved in a state where the medal M is held and is inclined downward toward the front end communicates with the medal insertion section 12. Is provided. The medal feeding mechanism 14 includes a guide portion and a rail (not shown). The guide portion is a member that is connected to the lower portion of the medal insertion portion 12, receives the inserted medal M, and sends the parenthesis medal M to the rail. In this medal game device, each satellite unit 2 is provided with two sets of medal insertion units 12 and medal feeding mechanisms 14 so that two players can play side by side simultaneously (see FIG. 1).
[0035] さらに、各サテライト部 2に対してプッシャ部 3が設けられている。通常ゲーム時にお いてはこのプッシャ部 3を標的にしたメダルゲームが行われるようになつている。プッ シャ部 3は、外周に複数種のスリットが設けられたチヤッカ 35 (皿状体)が内部に二つ 並設されたプッシャ台 36と、そのプッシャ台 36の下方からプレーヤ側に延設されたメ ダル台 37と、メダル台 37のプレーヤ側前方に開口したメダル回収部 38とを有してい る。また、プッシャ台 36は、固設されたメダル台 37に対してプレーヤから見て前後方 向に往復動可能に設けられている。さらに、プッシャ台 36には、チヤッカ 35の前方に 隙間を空けて設置されたガイド平板 39が固定されている。このガイド平板 39は、プレ ーャが下方のメダル台 37を視認可能なように透明部材で形成されており、プッシャ 台 36側からプレーヤ側に向かって斜め上向きにメダル送り機構 14まで延設されてお り、プッシャ台 36とともに前後方向に駆動される。 Further, a pusher unit 3 is provided for each satellite unit 2. In the normal game, a medal game targeting the pusher part 3 is being played. The pusher section 3 has two chuckers 35 (dish-like bodies) with multiple types of slits on the outer periphery. The pusher base 36 is arranged side by side, the medal base 37 is extended from the lower side of the pusher base 36 to the player side, and the medal collecting portion 38 is opened to the front of the medal base 37 on the player side. The pusher base 36 is provided so as to be able to reciprocate forward and backward with respect to the fixed medal base 37 as seen from the player. Further, a guide flat plate 39 installed with a gap in front of the chucker 35 is fixed to the pusher base 36. This guide flat plate 39 is formed of a transparent member so that the player can visually recognize the lower medal base 37, and extends to the medal feeding mechanism 14 obliquely upward from the pusher base 36 side toward the player side. Then, it is driven along with the pusher base 36 in the front-rear direction.
[0036] 後述するとおり、メダル投入部 12から投入されたメダル Mは、メダル送り機構 14を 通ってガイド平板 39上に送出され、そこからチヤッカ 35へ向かって転動する。メダル Mがチヤッカ 35のスリットを通過してチヤッカ入賞すると、後記のルーレット抽選が始 まる。一方、メダル Mがスリットを通過せずに入賞が阻まれると、そのメダル Mはメダル 台 37上に落下して保持され、メダル台 37上にメダル Mが蓄積してくると、プッシャ台 36によって前方に押し出されてメダル回収部 38へ落下し、回収される。  As will be described later, the medal M inserted from the medal insertion unit 12 is sent out on the guide flat plate 39 through the medal feeding mechanism 14 and then rolls toward the chucker 35 from there. When the medal M passes through the slit of CHIAKKA 35 and wins CHICACA, the roulette lottery described later starts. On the other hand, when the medal M is prevented from winning the prize without passing through the slit, the medal M is dropped and held on the medal stand 37. When the medal M accumulates on the medal stand 37, the pusher stand 36 It is pushed forward and falls to the medal recovery part 38 and is recovered.
[0037] ジャックポット部 4は、特別賞や大当たりに相当するジャックポット処理において動作 し、所定の枚数のメダル Mを払出し可能に構成されている。具体的には、ジャックポッ ト部 4は、例えばモンスターを模したボスキャラクタといった大ターゲット 43、あるいは これを守る衛兵(門兵)役といった小ターゲット 42、さらには怪鳥を模した移動ターゲ ット 41を備えている。大ターゲット 43には、モータにより揺動可能に手をモチーフにし た阻害部 44が設けられている。  [0037] The jackpot unit 4 operates in a jackpot process corresponding to a special prize or a jackpot, and is configured to be able to pay out a predetermined number of medals M. Specifically, the jackpot section 4 is a large target 43 such as a boss character imitating a monster, or a small target 42 such as a guard (guardian) guarding the monster, and a moving target imitating a monster bird. 41. The large target 43 is provided with a blocking portion 44 with a hand as a motif that can be swung by a motor.
[0038] ターンテーブル部 5は、ジャックポット部 4を回転させ、発射されたメダル Mを回収可 能に構成されてレ、る。詳しレ、構成にっレ、ては後述する。  [0038] The turntable unit 5 is configured to rotate the jackpot unit 4 and collect the fired medal M. Details and configuration will be described later.
[0039] ここで、図 4および図 7に、プッシャ部 3、あるいはジャックポット部 4の各ターゲット 41 〜43におけるメダル検出のための構造例を概略的に示す。例えば大ターゲット 43は キャラクタを模したモールドで覆われて、中央部に筒状体 31が軸方向を略鉛直方向 に向けて設置されている。モールドの一部(例えば中央付近の目を模した部分など) は、孔を有する凹部をなしており、当該部分力 飛び込んだメダル Mをこの孔から筒 状体 31に導くことが可能になってレ、る。つまり凹部にメダル Mが飛び込めば (命中す れば)、筒状体 31を通過させることによりメダル Mの命中を検出させることが可能にな つている。 Here, FIGS. 4 and 7 schematically show structural examples for medal detection in the targets 41 to 43 of the pusher unit 3 or the jackpot unit 4. For example, the large target 43 is covered with a mold that imitates a character, and a cylindrical body 31 is installed at the center with the axial direction oriented substantially vertically. A part of the mold (for example, a part simulating the eye near the center) has a concave part with a hole, and the medal M jumping into the partial force can be guided to the cylindrical body 31 from this hole. Les. In other words, if the medal M jumps into the recess ), It is possible to detect the hit of the medal M by passing the cylindrical body 31.
[0040] 筒状体 31は開口部 33から開口部 34に向けて一定の径以下のメダル Mを通過させ ることが可能になっており、その中心軸を横切って制御棒 32が取り付けられている。 この制御棒 32は、開口部 33から落ちてきたメダル Mの向きを一定の範囲に揃える機 能を備えている。筒状体 31は光を透過可能な材質、例えば樹脂により形成されてお り、制御棒 32の下方に遮蔽物の有無を検出可能に発光素子 304とセンサ 301が設 けられている。制御棒 32の延在方向と発光素子 304—センサ 301間を結ぶ検出線と は直角を成すように設定することが好ましい。  [0040] The cylindrical body 31 can pass a medal M having a certain diameter or less from the opening 33 toward the opening 34, and a control rod 32 is attached across the central axis. Yes. The control rod 32 has a function of aligning the direction of the medal M falling from the opening 33 within a certain range. The cylindrical body 31 is formed of a material that can transmit light, for example, resin, and a light emitting element 304 and a sensor 301 are provided below the control rod 32 so as to detect the presence or absence of a shielding object. The extending direction of the control rod 32 and the detection line connecting the light emitting element 304 and the sensor 301 are preferably set to form a right angle.
[0041] 図 7に示すように、メダル Mのうち最も小さレ、メダル Mの径を dl、最も大きレ、メダル Mの径を d2、筒状体 31の内径を D1とした場合に、 2 ' dl >Dl > d2 という関係 を満たすように dおよび D1を定める。発射されるメダル Mの最大径より筒状体 31の内 径が小さいとメダル Mが当該筒状体 31を通過できなレ、。また検出線と制御棒 32とが 直角をなしている場合に、必ず検出線を遮るようなメダル Mの大きさは、メダル面と制 御棒 32とのなす角度が 45度より小さくなるようなときである。両者が 45度をなす場合 にメダル径の 2倍が筒状体 31の内径に等しくなるから上記関係が成り立つ。セン サ 301による検出線と制御棒 32との距離 D2については、メダル面が検出線となるベ く垂直を成す程度に向き制御が完了する程度の距離、例えばメダル径と同程度に設 定する。  [0041] As shown in FIG. 7, when the smallest medal M, the diameter of the medal M is dl, the largest medal M, the diameter of the medal M is d2, and the inner diameter of the cylindrical body 31 is D1, 2 'Define d and D1 to satisfy the relationship dl> Dl> d2. If the inner diameter of the cylindrical body 31 is smaller than the maximum diameter of the fired medal M, the medal M cannot pass through the cylindrical body 31. In addition, when the detection line and the control rod 32 are at right angles, the size of the medal M that always blocks the detection line is such that the angle between the medal surface and the control rod 32 is less than 45 degrees. Is the time. When both form 45 degrees, the above relationship is established because twice the medal diameter is equal to the inner diameter of the cylindrical body 31. The distance D2 between the detection line by the sensor 301 and the control rod 32 is set to such a distance that the orientation control is completed to the extent that the medal surface is almost perpendicular to the detection line, for example, the same as the medal diameter. .
[0042] 上記構成において、メダル Mが筒状体 31内部に入り制御棒 32の位置に差し掛か つた場合、メダル面が鉛直方向と平行になっていない限り、制御棒 32にメダル Mの 一部が当たる。メダル Mの一部が制御棒 32に当たると図 7の破線で示すようにメダル Mが回転する。その力はメダル面を鉛直方向に向ける方向に作用する。またメダル 面が制御棒 32の延在方向と大きな角度を有している場合には、その角度を 45度より 小さい角度に抑えるように作用する。その結果として、上記条件を満たす径を有する メダル Mは必ず検出線を横切り、メダル Mの通過が検出されることになる。  [0042] In the above configuration, when the medal M enters the cylindrical body 31 and reaches the position of the control rod 32, a part of the medal M is placed on the control rod 32 unless the medal surface is parallel to the vertical direction. Hits. When a part of the medal M hits the control rod 32, the medal M rotates as indicated by the broken line in FIG. The force acts in the direction that directs the medal face in the vertical direction. If the medal surface has a large angle with the extending direction of the control rod 32, the angle is controlled to be smaller than 45 degrees. As a result, the medal M having a diameter satisfying the above condition always crosses the detection line, and the passage of the medal M is detected.
[0043] 図 8に、センサ 301から出力される検出信号の波形を (B)〜(F)に示す。波形(B) と(C)はメダル Mの径ゃ向きに応じて検出線を遮る期間が異なることによってパルス 幅が異なることを示している。波形(D)、(E)および (F)は、制御棒 32によってメダル Mに回転力が与えられた場合に、同一メダル Mが短期間中に複数回検出線を横切 り、複数のパルスが発生する場合があることを示してレ、る。 FIG. 8 shows waveforms of detection signals output from the sensor 301 in (B) to (F). Waveforms (B) and (C) are pulsed due to different periods of blocking the detection line depending on the diameter of medal M It shows that the width is different. Waveforms (D), (E), and (F) show multiple pulses when the same medal M crosses the detection line several times in a short period when a rotational force is applied to the medal M by the control rod 32. Indicate that this may occur.
[0044] 本実施形態の検出回路(図 4のボード 302中に存在する)では、検出信号が定常状 態(Lレベル)力 Hレベルに変化した時点で一個のメダル Mを通過したと判定し、そ の後一定期間メダル Mの通過の検出を禁止可能に構成されている。例えば所定の サンプリング期間(例えば 2ms程度)ごとに検出信号のステータスを検出し、一定期 間(例えば 3サンプリング) Lレベルが検出された後に一定期間(例えば 3サンプリング ) Hレベルが検出されると、一個のメダル Mが通過したと判定し、その後、波形(D)〜 (F)における二番目のノ^レスを無視し得るに十分な期間(例えば 10ms程度)、ステ 一タスの検出を禁止する。図 8の波形(A)で示すようにパルスの立ち上がりでメダル Mの通過を検出し、立ち上がり後一定期間 Tだけ立ち上力 Sり検出を禁止可能に構成 してもよレ、。以上の構成によって、一つのセンサのみによって確実にかつ安価にメダ ル Mの通過の有無を検出できる。なお、二以上のセンサを設けてメダル Mの通過の 有無を検出してもよレ、ことは言うまでも無レ、。  In the detection circuit of the present embodiment (existing in the board 302 in FIG. 4), it is determined that one medal M has been passed when the detection signal changes to the steady state (L level) force H level. Thereafter, detection of the passage of the medal M for a certain period of time can be prohibited. For example, if the status of the detection signal is detected every predetermined sampling period (for example, about 2 ms), and the L level is detected for a certain period (for example, 3 samplings) and the L level is detected for a certain period (for example, 3 samplings), It is determined that one medal M has passed, and then detection of the status is prohibited for a period (for example, about 10 ms) that is sufficient to ignore the second node in waveforms (D) to (F). . As shown in the waveform (A) in Fig. 8, it is also possible to detect the passage of the medal M at the rising edge of the pulse and prohibit the detection of the rising force S for a certain period T after the rising edge. With the above configuration, the presence or absence of the passage of the medals M can be detected reliably and inexpensively using only one sensor. It should be noted that two or more sensors may be provided to detect whether or not the medal M has passed, of course, nothing.
[0045] メダル発射装置 8は、射撃ゲーム時にプレーヤが操作して、ターゲット 41〜43等に 向けてメダル Mを一枚ずつ発射するための装置であり、プレーヤに狙わせるターゲッ トまでの距離に応じてローラ駆動モータ 823の回転数が可変制御され、且つ、プレー ャのレバー 23の操作に応じて発射レール 831の向き(メダルの発射方向)を上下左 右の任意の方向に自在に向けられるようになつている。射撃モードが始まると、メダル 発射装置 8のローラ駆動モータ 823を動作させ、メダル発射装置 8からメダル Mを発 射可能な状態にする。このとき、プレーヤが発射ボタン 842を押すと、発射レールか らターゲットに向けてメダル Mが発射される。制限時間の経過等により、メダル発射装 置 8のローラ駆動モータ 823を停止させ、射撃ゲームを終了する。また、メダル発射 装置 8はミニホッパ 811等のメダル供給手段 81を備え、このメダル供給手段 81に自 動的にメダルが補充され、規定数のメダルを順次発射できるようになつている。  [0045] The medal launching device 8 is a device that is operated by the player during the shooting game to launch the medal M one by one toward the targets 41 to 43, etc., and is arranged at a distance to the target that the player aims at. Accordingly, the number of rotations of the roller drive motor 823 is variably controlled, and the direction of the firing rail 831 (medal firing direction) can be freely directed in any direction up, down, left, or right according to the operation of the lever 23 of the player. It ’s like that. When the shooting mode starts, the roller drive motor 823 of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be fired from the medal launcher 8. At this time, when the player presses the firing button 842, the medal M is launched from the firing rail toward the target. Due to the elapse of the time limit, etc., the roller drive motor 823 of the medal launcher 8 is stopped and the shooting game is ended. The medal launching device 8 includes medal supply means 81 such as a mini hopper 811. The medal supply means 81 is automatically replenished with medals so that a prescribed number of medals can be fired sequentially.
[0046] 以下、メダル発射装置 8の一実施形態について詳細に説明する。  Hereinafter, an embodiment of the medal launcher 8 will be described in detail.
[0047] 図 9及び図 10は、本実施形態におけるメダル発射装置 8の斜視図である。図 9はメ ダルが発射されるメダル発射口 833側から見た斜視図であり、図 10は、手前 (プレー ャ側)から見た斜視図である。また、図 11は、本実施形態におけるメダル発射装置 8 の右側面半透視図である。 FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are perspective views of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment. Figure 9 shows the FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the medal launch port 833 side where a dull is fired, and FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the front (player side). FIG. 11 is a semi-perspective view of the right side of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment.
[0048] メダル発射装置 8は、複数のメダル Mを貯蔵可能で、且つメダル Mを:!枚ずつ取り 出して供給可能なメダル供給手段 81と、メダル供給手段 81から供給されたメダル M を付勢して滑走力を与え、発射レール 831に沿って発射させるメダル発射駆動手段 89とを含んで構成されている。また、メダル供給手段 81とメダル発射駆動手段 89は 、支持手段 88により台座 85に対して揺動可能に軸支された操作台 80に設けられて いる。さらに、メダル発射駆動手段 89は、メダル Mを付勢して滑走力を与えるメダル 付勢手段 82と、発射レール 831を含むメダル射出手段 83を含んでいる。少なくともメ ダル射出手段 83は、台座 85に対して上下左右任意の方向に揺動自在に構成され ている。そして、メダル発射装置 8を操作するための操作手段 84を備え、メダル Mの 発射方向(発射レール 831の向き)を任意の方向に自在に向けられるようになつてい る。 [0048] The medal launching device 8 is provided with a medal supply means 81 that can store a plurality of medals M and can take out and supply medals M one by one, and a medal M supplied from the medal supply means 81. And a medal firing drive means 89 for applying a sliding force and launching along the firing rail 831. Further, the medal supply means 81 and the medal firing drive means 89 are provided on an operation table 80 that is pivotally supported by the support means 88 so as to be swingable with respect to the base 85. Further, the medal firing driving means 89 includes a medal urging means 82 that urges the medal M to give a sliding force, and a medal ejection means 83 including a firing rail 831. At least the medallion injection means 83 is configured to be swingable in any direction up, down, left and right with respect to the pedestal 85. An operation means 84 for operating the medal launcher 8 is provided so that the launch direction of the medal M (the direction of the launch rail 831) can be freely directed in any direction.
[0049] 本実施形態においては、図示のとおり、操作台 80は、メダル供給手段 81を含む第 1操作台部 86と、メダル発射駆動手段 89及び操作手段 84を含む第 2操作台部 87と 力らなる。第 1操作台部 86は、支持手段 88によって台座 85に連設され、台座 85に 対して略垂直方向の支持軸 801によってゲームフィールドに向かって左右方向(矢 印 X802)に揺動可能に軸支されている。また、第 2操作台部 87は、台座 85に対して 略水平且つメダル射出手段 83の発射レール 831の長手方向(メダル発射方向:矢印 X834)に対して略垂直の回転中心軸 803を中心に、第 1操作台部 86に対して上下 方向(矢印 X804)に揺動可能になっている。  In the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, the operation table 80 includes a first operation table 86 including a medal supply unit 81, and a second operation table 87 including a medal launch driving unit 89 and an operation unit 84. Become power. The first operation base 86 is connected to the pedestal 85 by support means 88, and is pivotable in the left-right direction (arrow X802) toward the game field by a support shaft 801 substantially perpendicular to the pedestal 85. It is supported. Further, the second operation base portion 87 is centered on a rotation center axis 803 that is substantially horizontal to the base 85 and substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the launch rail 831 of the medal ejection means 83 (medal launch direction: arrow X834). The first operating table 86 can swing in the vertical direction (arrow X804).
[0050] 第 1操作台部 86のメダル供給手段 81は、多数のメダル Mを保持可能なミニホッパ 8 11と、メダル Mをミニホッパ 811からメダル付勢手段 82に供給するメダル供給モータ 812とを含んでレヽる。ミニホッノ 811は、第 1操作台部 86の筐体 861のプレーヤ側上 部に、着脱可能に載置されている。また、メダル供給モータ 812は筐体 861の内側に 固設されている。さらに、ミニホッパ 811の底面に接して回転円板 815が設けられて レ、る。回転円板 815にはメダル Mを遊嵌しうる孔(図示されなレ、)が周方向へ亘り多 数設けられ、回転円板 815がメダル供給モータ 812により回転駆動されると、回転円 板 815の孔に遊嵌されたメダル Mが 1個ずつメダルガイド 813に送込まれ、この回転 円板 815の送出し力によりメダル Mが押し出され、メダルガイド 813端部のメダル供 給口 814からメダル付勢手段 82にメダル Mが供給される。 [0050] The medal supply means 81 of the first operation console 86 includes a mini hopper 811 capable of holding a large number of medals M, and a medal supply motor 812 for supplying the medals M from the mini hopper 811 to the medal urging means 82. Let's go back. The mini hocno 811 is detachably mounted on the player side upper portion of the casing 861 of the first operating table 86. The medal supply motor 812 is fixed inside the housing 861. Further, a rotating disk 815 is provided in contact with the bottom surface of the mini hopper 811. The rotating disk 815 has many holes (not shown) in which the medal M can be loosely fitted in the circumferential direction. When the rotating disk 815 is rotated by the medal supply motor 812, the medals M loosely fitted in the holes of the rotating disk 815 are sent one by one to the medal guide 813, and the rotating disk 815 The medal M is pushed out by the feeding force of, and the medal M is supplied from the medal supply port 814 at the end of the medal guide 813 to the medal urging means 82.
[0051] また、第 2操作台部 87の筐体 871には、メダル付勢手段 82、メダル射出手段 83及 び操作手段 84が固設され、回転中心軸 803を中心にして一体に揺動可能となって いる。このとき、回転中心軸 803がメダル供給手段 81のメダル供給口 814の出口近 傍に位置すると、メダル付勢手段 82にメダル Mをスムーズに供給できるため、好まし レ、。また、第 1操作台部 86の筐体 861左右の側壁 862に設けられたカイド孔 863、 8 64と、第 2操作台部 87の筐体 871左右の側面 872から突出した爪 873、 874と力 S掛 合し、第 2操作台部 87の可動範囲を制限している。  [0051] In addition, a medal urging means 82, a medal injection means 83, and an operation means 84 are fixed to the casing 871 of the second operation base 87, and swing together around the rotation center shaft 803. It is possible. At this time, if the rotation center shaft 803 is positioned near the exit of the medal supply port 814 of the medal supply means 81, the medal M can be smoothly supplied to the medal biasing means 82, which is preferable. In addition, the guide holes 863 and 864 provided in the left and right side walls 862 of the housing 861 of the first operation base 86, and the claws 873 and 874 protruding from the left and right side surfaces 872 of the housing 871 of the second operation base 87 The force S is applied to limit the movable range of the second operating section 87.
[0052] メダル付勢手段 82は、メダル供給手段 81から供給されたメダル Mに滑走力を強制 的に与える手段を備え、付勢されたメダル Mはメダル射出手段 83に送られる。本実 施形態においては、回転ローラ 822をローラ駆動モータ 823により回転駆動し、二つ の回転ローラ 821、 822の間にメダル Mを挟み込んで回転により滑走力を与えている 。このとき、回転ローラ 821、 822は、その回転中心軸が回転中心軸 803と略平行方 向に向けられ、回転中心軸 803の近傍に、メダルガイド 813のメダル送り面に対して それぞれ上下に位置するよう臨設されている。  The medal urging means 82 includes means for forcibly applying a sliding force to the medal M supplied from the medal supply means 81, and the urged medal M is sent to the medal injection means 83. In this embodiment, the rotating roller 822 is driven to rotate by a roller driving motor 823, and a medal M is sandwiched between the two rotating rollers 821 and 822 to give a sliding force by rotation. At this time, the rotation rollers 821 and 822 have their rotation center axes oriented in a direction substantially parallel to the rotation center axis 803, and are positioned above and below the medal feed surface of the medal guide 813 in the vicinity of the rotation center axis 803. It is erected to do.
[0053] また、回転ローラ 821、 822の外周部 821a、 822aはウレタン等の軟質ゴムで構成 されている。そして、各回転ローラ 821、 822は、回転中心軸間の距離が、各回転口 ーラ 821、 822の半径の和よりも若干小さい位置に設置され、外周部 821a、 822aが 周方向に所定長接していることが好ましい。これにより、上下の回転ローラ 821、 822 はローラ駆動モータ 823でもって相互に同一速度でかつ逆方向へ回転駆動され、回 転ローラ 821、 822に挟み込まれたメダル Mに十分な滑走力を与えるようになつてい る。なお、本実施形態では、ローラ駆動モータ 823としてステッピングモータを使用し て、モータの回転数を制御している。  [0053] The outer peripheral portions 821a and 822a of the rotating rollers 821 and 822 are made of a soft rubber such as urethane. The rotation rollers 821 and 822 are installed at positions where the distance between the rotation center axes is slightly smaller than the sum of the radii of the rotation rollers 821 and 822, and the outer peripheral portions 821a and 822a have a predetermined length in the circumferential direction. It is preferable to contact. As a result, the upper and lower rotating rollers 821 and 822 are driven to rotate at the same speed and in opposite directions by the roller driving motor 823, so that the medal M sandwiched between the rotating rollers 821 and 822 is given sufficient sliding force. It has become. In this embodiment, a stepping motor is used as the roller drive motor 823 to control the rotation speed of the motor.
[0054] メダル射出手段 83では、メダル付勢手段 82によって付勢されたメダル Mが、発射 レール 831内部を滑走し、メダル発射口 833から斜め上前方(矢印 X834)に向けて 発射される。発射レール 831は、平板形状の筒状体で、その内部を長手方向(矢印 X834方向)にメダル Mが滑走できるようになっている。発射レール 831の一方端 (入 射端 832)は、回転ローラ 821、 822により付勢されたメダル Mの出口付近に位置し、 下面 835が上面 836よりも突き出るとともに端部に向けてラッパ状に広がり、メダル M が発射レール 831に入射し易いように形成されてレ、る。 [0054] In the medal injection means 83, the medal M urged by the medal urging means 82 slides inside the launch rail 831 and obliquely upward and forward (arrow X834) from the medal launch opening 833. Fired. The launch rail 831 is a plate-shaped cylindrical body through which the medal M can slide in the longitudinal direction (arrow X834 direction). One end (incident end 832) of the launch rail 831 is located near the exit of the medal M urged by the rotating rollers 821 and 822, and the lower surface 835 protrudes from the upper surface 836 and has a trumpet shape toward the end. The medals M are formed so that they can easily enter the launch rail 831.
[0055] なお、メダル供給手段 81のメダル供給口 814と、回転中心軸 803と、回転ローラ 82 1及び 822の接面 824と、発射レール 831の入射端 832と力 それぞれプレーヤ側 力 奥行き方向に向けて略直線状に位置すると、メダル Mの搬送及び射出がスムー ズにできるため好ましい。  [0055] It should be noted that the medal supply port 814 of the medal supply means 81, the rotation center shaft 803, the contact surface 824 of the rotation rollers 821 and 822, the incident end 832 of the launch rail 831 and the force on the player side force in the depth direction, respectively. It is preferable that the medals M be transported and ejected smoothly when positioned in a substantially straight line.
[0056] 操作手段 84は、把持手段として機能するジョイスティック状のレバー 23と、メダル発 射装置 8からメダル Mの発射を指示入力するための入力手段としての発射ボタン 84 2とを備えている。プレーヤはこのレバー 23を把持してメダル発射装置 8を操作するこ とにより、上下左右任意の方向にメダル発射口 833を揺動させてメダル Mの発射方 向を定めることができる。本実施形態では、レバー 23は第 2操作台部 87の筐体 871 の上面 875に対して略垂直に設けられ、レバー 23の頂部に発射ボタン 842を設置し ている。さらに、発射ボタン 842の少なくとも一部は透光性又は半透光性部材により 構成され、ボタン内部又は下部に坦め込まれた LED等の発光素子 844による発光を 視認できるようになつている。  The operation means 84 includes a joystick-shaped lever 23 that functions as a gripping means, and a firing button 842 as an input means for inputting an instruction to fire the medal M from the medal launching device 8. The player can determine the firing direction of the medal M by swinging the medal launching port 833 in any direction up, down, left, and right by holding the lever 23 and operating the medal launching device 8. In the present embodiment, the lever 23 is provided substantially perpendicularly to the upper surface 875 of the casing 871 of the second operation console section 87, and the firing button 842 is installed on the top of the lever 23. Further, at least a part of the firing button 842 is made of a translucent or semi-translucent member so that light emitted from the light emitting element 844 such as an LED embedded in or below the button can be visually recognized.
[0057] また、第 2操作台部 87の筐体 871上部中央付近に、筐体 871を上下方向に貫通 するメダル補充孔 876を設け、サテライト用ホッパ 25から送り出され、後述の第 1の搬 送路 274により搬送されたメダル Mがメダル搬送手段 27を介してメダル供給手段 81 の貯留容器 811に補充されるようになっている。このメダル補充孔 876は、支持軸 80 1の延長上部に配置され、操作台 80を揺動させても、メダル Mが確実に貯留容器 81 1に入るようになつている。  In addition, a medal replenishment hole 876 that penetrates the housing 871 in the vertical direction is provided near the upper center of the housing 871 of the second operation console section 87, and the medal replenishment hole 876 is sent from the satellite hopper 25 to be described later. The medal M conveyed by the feeding path 274 is replenished to the storage container 811 of the medal supply means 81 through the medal conveying means 27. The medal replenishment hole 876 is disposed at the upper extension of the support shaft 801, and the medal M surely enters the storage container 811 even if the operation console 80 is swung.
[0058] なお、各サテライト部 2は、メダル受け皿 276 (回収手段)をプッシャ部 3の下側に設 け、プッシャ部 3の側方又は後方から落下したメダル Mやメダル発射装置 8から発射 されたメダル Mを回収できるようになつている。メダル受け皿 276により回収されたメダ ノレは、サテライト用ホッパ 25に送られる。このサテライト用ホッパ 25は、回収されたメ ダル Mを収容するメダル貯蔵手段として機能するものであり、メダル Mの量を検出可 能なメダル量センサ 25aを備えてレ、る。 [0058] Each satellite unit 2 has a medal tray 276 (collection means) provided below the pusher unit 3, and is fired from the medal M and the medal launcher 8 that have fallen from the side or rear of the pusher unit 3. Medal M can be collected. Medanol collected by the medal tray 276 is sent to the satellite hopper 25. This satellite hopper 25 is It functions as a medal storage means for storing the dal M, and is equipped with a medal amount sensor 25a capable of detecting the amount of the medal M.
[0059] また、サテライト用ホッパ 25から送り出されたメダル Mは、メダル搬送手段として機 能するメダルガイド 271及び搬送レール 272を通って、メダル発射装置 8まで搬送さ れる。搬送レール 272は、その搬送路の途中に切替フラップ 273があり、図示しない 払出先振分ソレノイドによりこの切替フラップ 273を切り替えることによって、メダル発 射装置 8ヘメダル Mを搬送する経路(第 1の搬送路 274)とメダルプッシャゲームを行 うためのフィールドにメダル Mの払出しを行う経路(第 2の搬送路 275)とのいずれか 一方に、メダル Mの搬送路を切り替える。  In addition, the medal M sent out from the satellite hopper 25 is transported to the medal launcher 8 through the medal guide 271 and the transport rail 272 that function as medal transport means. The transfer rail 272 has a switching flap 273 in the middle of its transfer path. By switching this switching flap 273 by a payout destination distribution solenoid (not shown), a path for transferring the medal M to the medal shooting device 8 (first transfer) The transfer path of the medal M is switched to either the path 274) or the path for paying out the medal M to the field for playing the medal pusher game (second transfer path 275).
[0060] さらに、メダル発射装置 8は、台座 85によって、コンソールパネル 10に固定されて いる。また、台座 85と第 1操作台部 86とを軸支する支持手段 88は、ロック機構 881を 備えている。このロック機構 881は、通常ゲームの間、支持手段 88をロックして第 1操 作台部 86を揺動不可とし、射撃ゲームモードになると、支持手段 88のロックを解除し て第 1操作台部 86を揺動可能とするものである。  Furthermore, the medal launcher 8 is fixed to the console panel 10 by a pedestal 85. Further, the support means 88 that pivotally supports the base 85 and the first operation base portion 86 includes a lock mechanism 881. During the normal game, the lock mechanism 881 locks the support means 88 so that the first operation base 86 cannot be swung, and when in the shooting game mode, the support means 88 is unlocked and the first operation base 86 is unlocked. The part 86 can be swung.
[0061] 次に、各ターゲット 41〜43について説明する。上述したように、各ターゲット 41〜4 3は射撃ゲームにおいてメダル Mを命中させ、あるいは所定の孔等を通過させる際の 標的となるものとして構成されている。なお、各ターゲット 41〜43は、メダル発射装置 力 の距離及び/又は高さの異なる位置に配置されている。  [0061] Next, each of the targets 41 to 43 will be described. As described above, each of the targets 41 to 43 is configured to be a target when the medal M is hit or passed through a predetermined hole or the like in the shooting game. Each of the targets 41 to 43 is arranged at a position where the distance and / or height of the medal launcher force is different.
[0062] 移動ターゲット(トリメカ) 41は、各サテライト部 2において表示部 20の後方(回転セ ンタユニット 6側)に配置された怪鳥を模したオブジェクトであり、支持棒 411を含む揺 動駆動機構によって、あたかも飛んでいるかのように、上下左右に揺動可能に支持さ れている。この移動ターゲット 41の口は開閉可能にされ、さらに口の中にはメダル用 のチヤッカ(入賞口)が設けられていて、移動ターゲット 41の口の中にメダルが入った か否かを検出できるようになつている。また、演出のため、 目に発光素子が埋め込ま れるとともに、羽をバタつかせることもできるようになつている。  [0062] The moving target (trimecha) 41 is an object that imitates a monster bird arranged behind the display unit 20 (rotation center unit 6 side) in each satellite unit 2, and is a rocking drive including a support bar 411. The mechanism is supported so that it can swing up and down and left and right as if it were flying. The mouth of the moving target 41 can be opened and closed, and the mouth of the medal is also provided in the mouth so that it can be detected whether or not a medal has entered the mouth of the moving target 41. It ’s like that. For production, the light-emitting elements are embedded in the eyes and the wings can be fluttered.
[0063] 小ターゲット 42と大ターゲット 43とはそれぞれジャックポット部 4に設けられている( 図 3等参照)。これらのうち、小ターゲット 42は例えば横一例に並ぶ 4体の衛兵などの ギミックで構成されている。これら例えば 4体の小ターゲット 42は、発射されたメダル Mが当たったときはそれぞれが個別に後方へと倒れ、尚かつメダル発射装置 8による 射撃のゲームが終了した後は一斉に起こすことが可能な構成となっている。 [0063] The small target 42 and the large target 43 are respectively provided in the jackpot section 4 (see FIG. 3 and the like). Among these, the small target 42 is composed of gimmicks such as four guards arranged side by side. For example, these four small targets 42 are fired medals When M hits, each falls down individually, and after the shooting game with the medal launcher 8 is over, it can be waked up at once.
[0064] 具体例を簡単に示すと、ギアを介してモータに接続された回転シャフト 422を設け ておき、この回転シャフト 422に、小ターゲット 42の取付台座 423を備えた 4本の支 持棒 421をそれぞれ回転シャフト 422に対して回転自由に取り付ける(図 3、図 14参 照)。したがってメダル Mを発射して命中させると、当該小ターゲット 42は回転シャフト 422を中心として取付台座 423および支持棒 421ごと後方に倒れる。  [0064] To give a specific example, a rotating shaft 422 connected to a motor via a gear is provided, and four supporting rods provided with a mounting base 423 for a small target 42 are provided on the rotating shaft 422. Each 421 is attached freely to the rotating shaft 422 (see Fig. 3 and Fig. 14). Therefore, when the medal M is launched and hit, the small target 42 falls back together with the mounting base 423 and the support bar 421 around the rotating shaft 422.
[0065] それぞれの小ターゲット 42が起きているか倒れているかは、例えば支持棒 421など に一体的に取り付けた被検出用の突起がどの位置にあるかをセンサで検出すること によって判定することができる。また、回転シャフト 422には例えば 4つのカムを等間 隔で一体的に配置しておき、小ターゲット 42や支持棒 421などに引っ掛かりうるよう なピンをこのカムに取り付けておく。モータを駆動し、ギアを介して回転シャフト 422を 前方へと回転させることにより、各カムおよびピンを一体的に回転させ、当該ピンを利 用して 4体の小ターゲット 42を一度に起こすことができる。  [0065] Whether each small target 42 is raised or tilted can be determined by, for example, detecting the position of the detected protrusion integrally attached to the support rod 421 or the like with a sensor. it can. Further, for example, four cams are integrally arranged at an equal interval on the rotating shaft 422, and pins that can be caught on the small target 42, the support rod 421, etc. are attached to the cam. By driving the motor and rotating the rotating shaft 422 forward through the gear, each cam and pin rotate together, and the four small targets 42 are raised at once using the pins. Can do.
[0066] このようにして小ターゲット 42を起こした状態としたら、今度はモータとギアを逆回転 させて回転シャフト 422を後方へと回転させ、ピンを小ターゲット 42および支持棒 42 1から退避させる。これにより小ターゲット 42はメダル Mが命中した場合に後方へと倒 れうるフリーの状態となる。なお、回転シャフト 422を後方へと 1周近く回転させ続け、 各ピンを使って 4体の小ターゲット 42を一斉に後方へと倒すこともできる。  [0066] When the small target 42 is raised as described above, this time, the motor and gear are rotated in the reverse direction to rotate the rotating shaft 422 backward, and the pin is retracted from the small target 42 and the support bar 42 1. . As a result, the small target 42 is in a free state where it can fall backward when the medal M hits. It is also possible to continue rotating the rotating shaft 422 backward for almost one turn and use the pins to tilt the four small targets 42 all at once.
[0067] 大ターゲット 43は、上述した小ターゲット 42に続く射撃ゲームの標的として設定さ れているものである(図 3参照)。一例として、例えば本実施形態においてはモンスタ 一の首領といったキャラクタを模したギミックでこの大ターゲット 43を構成している。ま た、この大ターゲット 43には、発射されたメダル Mが通過可能な入賞口 451、および メダル Mがこの入賞口 451を通過したことを検出するセンサ 452を備えたチヤッカ 45 と、所定の動作をすることによってメダル Mがこのチヤッカ 45に入るのを阻害する阻 害部 44と、が設けられている(図 15等参照)。  [0067] The large target 43 is set as a target of the shooting game following the small target 42 described above (see FIG. 3). For example, in the present embodiment, the large target 43 is formed by a gimmick that imitates a character such as the head of the monster. In addition, the large target 43 includes a winning hole 451 through which the fired medal M can pass and a chicker 50 having a sensor 452 for detecting that the medal M has passed through the winning hole 451, and a predetermined operation. And a blocking section 44 that prevents the medal M from entering the chiller 45 by performing the operation (see FIG. 15 and the like).
[0068] 阻害部 44の構成は例えば以下のようになつている。すなわち、モータ 441によって 駆動されるカム 442が設けられ、さらにこのカム 442に従動するカムフォロワ 443が設 けられてレ、る(図 16参照)。詳しく図示してはレヽなレ、がこのカムフォロワ 443はカム 44 2のカム面に接触するように付勢される力あるいは当該カム 442のカム溝に係合する 等の構造となっており、このカム 442に従動して、支点 444を中心に揺動する。この 場合、左右の阻害部 44をそれぞれ別のモータで駆動することとすれば、互いに独立 した複雑な動きを実現することも可能である。 The configuration of the inhibition unit 44 is as follows, for example. In other words, a cam 442 driven by the motor 441 is provided, and a cam follower 443 driven by the cam 442 is further provided. You will be struck (see Figure 16). The cam follower 443 has a structure such as a force urged to contact the cam surface of the cam 442 or a cam groove of the cam 442, and the like. Follows cam 442 and swings around fulcrum 444. In this case, if the left and right hindering parts 44 are driven by different motors, complicated movements independent of each other can be realized.
[0069] また、このカムフォロワ 443には支持板 445が一体化されており、例えばモンスター の腕を模した阻害部 44がこの支持板 445に取り付けられている。阻害部 44は、その 動作部における先端部分 (例えば手の部分)が入賞口 451の手前に位置するように 形成されている(図 3等参照)。したがって、カムフォロワ 443および支持板 445が揺 動するとこれらと同じく阻害部 44も揺動し、先端部分 (手の部分)を上下に動力 てメ ダル Mが入賞口 451に入るのを周期的に阻害する。  [0069] Further, a support plate 445 is integrated with the cam follower 443, and for example, an inhibition portion 44 imitating a monster's arm is attached to the support plate 445. The hindering part 44 is formed so that the tip part (for example, the hand part) of the operating part is positioned in front of the winning opening 451 (see FIG. 3 and the like). Therefore, when the cam follower 443 and the support plate 445 are swung, the hindering portion 44 is also swung, and the tip portion (hand portion) is moved up and down to periodically prevent the medal M from entering the winning hole 451. To do.
[0070] また、本実施形態では上述のような阻害部 44を入賞口 451の両側に設け、あたか もモンスターを模した大ターゲット 43が両腕を上下に振っているかのようなギミックを 形成している(図 3等参照)。この場合、反対側の阻害部 44を動作させるための構成 は上述したものと同様でよい。この場合、左右の阻害部 44を同位相で同時に上下さ せることもできる力 本実施形態では位相を半周期ずらし、左右一対の動作部が互 いに逆の方向へ同時に動作するようにしている。このような動きをする阻害部 44は、 射撃ゲームにおける命中の難度を適度に上げてゲームの面白みを向上させる。なお 、このように左右一対の阻害部 44を配置する場合、互いの先端部分 (例えば手の部 分)が重なり合わないにして互いに干渉しなレ、ようにしつつ上下動させるようにしても よいし、先端部分が重なり合う形で両腕を前後にずらしたような配置として上下動させ るようにしてもよい。  [0070] Further, in the present embodiment, the obstructing portion 44 as described above is provided on both sides of the winning opening 451, and a large target 43 imitating a monster is formed as if swinging both arms up and down. (See Figure 3 etc.) In this case, the configuration for operating the blocking unit 44 on the opposite side may be the same as described above. In this case, the force that can move the left and right obstructions 44 up and down at the same time in the same phase.In this embodiment, the phases are shifted by a half cycle so that the pair of left and right movements operate simultaneously in opposite directions. . The hindering part 44 that moves in this way improves the fun of the game by appropriately raising the hit difficulty in the shooting game. When the pair of left and right inhibition portions 44 are arranged in this way, they may be moved up and down while the tip portions (for example, the hand portions) of each other do not overlap each other and do not interfere with each other. However, the arms may be moved up and down as an arrangement in which both arms are shifted back and forth so that the tip portions overlap.
[0071] さらに、大ターゲット 43のチヤッカ 45は例えば以下のようになつている。まず、入賞 口 451はノズル状に奥が窄んだ形状の例えば樹脂成形品によって形成されてレ、る ( 図 15参照)。この入賞口 451に打ち込まれたメダル Mは、当該入賞口 451の奥に形 成されている誘導路 453を通って下方へと進み、傾斜路 505上に落下してこれに続 く傾斜路 507へと誘導される(図 3参照)。また、誘導路 453の途中にはメダル Mが通 過したことを検出するセンサ 452が設けられており、入賞口 451に打ち込まれたメダ ル Mの枚数をカウントできるようになつている(図 15参照)。このようなチヤッカ 45は、 例えば上述したモンスターにおける中央の目といったギミックとして設けられている( 図 1等参照)。また、チヤッカ 45の入賞口 451などには必要に応じて電飾が併設され ている。 Further, the chuck 45 of the large target 43 has, for example, the following. First, the winning opening 451 is formed by, for example, a resin-molded product having a nozzle-like shape that is constricted at the back (see FIG. 15). The medal M placed in the winning hole 451 proceeds downward through the guide path 453 formed in the back of the winning hole 451, falls on the ramp 505, and continues to the ramp 507. (See Figure 3). In addition, a sensor 452 for detecting that the medal M has passed is provided in the middle of the taxiway 453, so that the medal placed in the winning hole 451 is provided. The number of M can be counted (see Fig. 15). Such a chikka 45 is provided as a gimmick such as the central eye in the monster described above (see FIG. 1 and the like). In addition, illuminations are added to the winning opening 451 of Chillakka 45 as necessary.
[0072] 続いて、ジャックポット部 4におけるメダル貯留および払出しのための機構について 説明する(図 14等参照)。本実施形態では、ジャックポット部 4におけるメダル貯留ぉ よび払出しのための機構として下ゲート部 46と上ゲート部 47からなる 2段構造のゲー ト部を利用している。  [0072] Next, a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot 4 will be described (see FIG. 14 and the like). In the present embodiment, a gate portion having a two-stage structure including a lower gate portion 46 and an upper gate portion 47 is used as a mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot portion 4.
[0073] 下ゲート部 46は、上述した小ターゲット 42の手前に設けられているメダル貯留およ び払出しのための機構である(図 14等参照)。下ゲート部 46を構成する下ゲート 461 は軸 462を中心にして前後方向に回動可能に設けられており、直立した状態でメダ ル Mを貯留し、前方に倒れることによって力、かる貯留メダル Mを一度に払い出すこと ができる。このように下ゲート 461を動作させるための構成は特に限定されることはな く例えばモータやギア等を利用することとしてもよいが、本実施形態では図示しない 引張コイルばねを利用して下ゲート 461を後方(小ターゲット 42の方)へと付勢してお き、通常時は当該下ゲート 461を直立した状態としている(図 14参照)。この場合、引 張コイルばねとしては貯留したメダル Mの重みに耐えるものを用い、メダル Mが貯留 しただけでは下ゲート 461が回動しないようにする。  [0073] The lower gate portion 46 is a medal storage and payout mechanism provided in front of the small target 42 described above (see FIG. 14 and the like). The lower gate 461 constituting the lower gate portion 46 is provided so as to be pivotable in the front-rear direction around the shaft 462. M can be paid out at once. Thus, the configuration for operating the lower gate 461 is not particularly limited. For example, a motor, a gear, or the like may be used. However, in this embodiment, the lower gate is used by using a tension coil spring (not shown). The 461 is urged backward (toward the small target 42), and the lower gate 461 is normally in an upright state (see Fig. 14). In this case, a tension coil spring that can withstand the weight of the stored medal M is used so that the lower gate 461 does not rotate only by storing the medal M.
[0074] また、下ゲート 461の後方(小ターゲット 42の手前)には、ジャックポット部 4におい てメダル Mが流れる斜面の傾斜に沿ってスライド可能な下ゲートプッシャ 463が設け られている(図 14参照)。本実施形態では、この下ゲートプッシャ 463を前方に向けて スライドさせ、その先端で下ゲート 461を押し込むようにして前方へと倒し、貯留して いたメダル Mを一気に払い出すようにしている。払い出した後は下ゲートプッシャ 46 3を後方にスライドさせて元に戻せば、引張コイルばねに引っ張られている下ゲート 4 61はこれに伴って再び直立した状態となる(図 14参照)。  [0074] Further, behind the lower gate 461 (before the small target 42), there is provided a lower gate pusher 463 that can slide along the slope of the slope in which the medal M flows in the jackpot portion 4 (see FIG. 14). In the present embodiment, the lower gate pusher 463 is slid forward, and the lower gate 461 is pushed in at the tip of the lower gate pusher 463 so that the stored medal M is paid out at a stroke. When the lower gate pusher 463 is slid rearward and returned to the original state after the payout, the lower gate 461 pulled by the tension coil spring is brought into an upright state accordingly (see FIG. 14).
[0075] なお、下ゲートプッシャ 463をスライドさせるための機構は特に限定されることはなく 、図示してはいないが例えば本実施形態においてはモータやガイドなどを利用して いる。 [0076] 上ゲート部 47は、小ターゲット 42の後方であって大ターゲット 43の手前に設けられ ているメダル貯留および払出しのための機構である(図 14等参照)。上ゲート部 47を 構成する上ゲート 471は軸 472を中心にして前後方向に回動可能に設けられており 、直立した状態でメダル Mを貯留し、前方に倒れることによって力、かる貯留メダル Mを 一度に払い出すことができる。このように上ゲート 471を動作させるための構成は特 に限定されることはなく例えばモータやギア等を利用することとしてもよいが、本実施 形態では図示しない引張コイルばねを利用して上ゲート 471を後方(大ターゲット 43 の方)へと付勢しておき、通常時は当該上ゲート 471を直立した状態としている(図 1 4参照)。この場合、引張コイルばねとしては貯留したメダル Mの重みに耐えるものを 用レ、、メダル Mが貯留しただけでは上ゲート 471が回動しないようにする。 Note that a mechanism for sliding the lower gate pusher 463 is not particularly limited, and although not shown, for example, in the present embodiment, a motor, a guide, or the like is used. The upper gate portion 47 is a medal storage and payout mechanism provided behind the small target 42 and in front of the large target 43 (see FIG. 14 and the like). The upper gate 471 constituting the upper gate portion 47 is provided so as to be pivotable in the front-rear direction about the shaft 472. The medal M is stored in an upright state, and the force is obtained by falling forward. Can be paid out at once. Thus, the configuration for operating the upper gate 471 is not particularly limited. For example, a motor, a gear, or the like may be used. However, in this embodiment, the upper gate is used by using a tension coil spring (not shown). The 471 is energized backward (to the large target 43), and the upper gate 471 is in an upright state under normal conditions (see Fig. 14). In this case, a tension coil spring that can withstand the weight of the stored medal M is used, and the upper gate 471 is prevented from rotating only by storing the medal M.
[0077] また、上ゲート 471の後方(大ターゲット 43の手前)には、ジャックポット部 4におい てメダル Mが流れる斜面の傾斜に沿ってスライド可能な上ゲートプッシャ 473が設け られている(図 14参照)。本実施形態では、この上ゲートプッシャ 473を前方に向けて スライドさせ、その先端で上ゲート 471を押し込むようにして前方へと倒し、貯留して いたメダル Mを一気に払い出すようにしている。払い出した後は上ゲートプッシャ 47 3を後方にスライドさせて元に戻せば、引張コイルばねに引っ張られている上ゲート 4 71はこれに伴って再び直立した状態となる(図 14参照)。  [0077] Further, behind the upper gate 471 (before the large target 43), an upper gate pusher 473 is provided that can slide along the slope of the slope in which the medal M flows in the jackpot section 4 (see FIG. 14). In the present embodiment, the upper gate pusher 473 is slid forward, and the upper gate 471 is pushed in at the tip of the upper gate pusher 473 so that the stored medal M is paid out at a stroke. When the upper gate pusher 473 is slid rearward and returned to the original state after the payout, the upper gate 471 pulled by the tension coil spring becomes upright again accordingly (see FIG. 14).
[0078] なお、上ゲートプッシャ 473をスライドさせるための機構は特に限定されることはなく 、図示してはいないが例えば本実施形態においてはモータやガイドなどを利用して いる。ちなみに、本実施形態においては 4体の小ターゲット 42 (およびこれを支持す る支持棒 421)のすべてが後方に倒れて退避した状態のときのみ上ゲートプッシャ 4 73を動作させて上ゲート 471を前方に倒すこととしている(図 14参照)。  Note that a mechanism for sliding the upper gate pusher 473 is not particularly limited, and although not shown, for example, in the present embodiment, a motor, a guide, or the like is used. By the way, in this embodiment, the upper gate pusher 4 73 is operated to move the upper gate 471 only when all of the four small targets 42 (and the support rod 421 that supports them) are tilted backward and retracted. It is supposed to be tilted forward (see Figure 14).
[0079] 本実施形態においては、ターゲット 42, 43に対する射撃ゲームにおいて一定条件 をクリアした場合に、下ゲート部 46や上ゲート部 47に貯留されているメダル Mをまと めてプレーヤに払い出す動作を行うようにしてレ、る。ここでレ、う一定条件としては種々 の条件を設定することが可能だが、例示すれば、上述した大ターゲット 43のチヤッカ 45に所定枚数以上のメダル Mを所定時間内に打ち込むことを挙げることができる。  In the present embodiment, when a certain condition is cleared in the shooting game for the targets 42 and 43, the medals M stored in the lower gate portion 46 and the upper gate portion 47 are collectively paid out to the player. Try to do the action. Here, various conditions can be set as the constant condition. For example, a predetermined number or more of medals M may be driven into the chuck 45 of the large target 43 described above within a predetermined time. it can.
[0080] なお、本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置 1においては、上述した下ゲート 461および 上ゲート 471をそれぞれ要塞における第 1の城門、第 2の城門を模したギミックとして 構成している。例えば、小ターゲット 42ゃ大ターゲット 43を倒した場合にこれら下ゲ ート 461や上ゲート 462を倒す動作を実施することにより、次々に敵を倒して要塞を 攻め込んでいるかのような雰囲気や間隔、別の表現をすればいわゆるロールプレイ ングゲームのように順次ステージを進行しているかのような雰囲気や感覚をプレーヤ に享受させることが可能となってレ、る。 In the medal game device 1 of the present embodiment, the lower gate 461 and the above-described Upper gate 471 is configured as a gimmick imitating the first and second gates of the fortress. For example, when the small target 42 is defeated and the large target 43 is defeated, the action and action of defeating the lower gate 461 and upper gate 462 are performed, so that the atmosphere and interval as if the enemy is defeated one after another and attacking the fortress. In other words, it is possible for the player to enjoy the atmosphere and sensation as if progressing through the stages sequentially like a so-called role-playing game.
[0081] また、上述したような各ゲート部 46, 47によるメダル貯留および払出し機構によれ ば、ジャックポット部 4が可視範囲にあるプレーヤないしはそれ以外の者が貯留して レ、る大量のメダル Mを直接視認することが可能である。これによれば、ジャックポット を引き当てて力かる大量のメダル Mを得たレ、、あるいは力、かる大量のメダル Mがー度 に払い出されるシーンを目の当たりにしてみたレヽとレ、うインセンティブを働かせ、当該 メダルゲーム装置 1に対する興味をさらに喚起することが可能である。  [0081] In addition, according to the medal storage and payout mechanism using the gate portions 46 and 47 as described above, a large number of medals stored and played by players or other persons whose jackpot portion 4 is in the visible range. It is possible to visually recognize M directly. According to this, the player who gained a large amount of medal M to win a jackpot, or the scene where a large amount of medal M to be struck out every time was witnessed, and the incentive to work. It is possible to further arouse interest in the medal game device 1.
[0082] 次に、ジャックポット部 4に対するメダル供給、特にメダル供給路 49を切り換えるた めの機構について説明する(図 17、図 18参照)。別の項でも述べる力 ジャックポット 部 4へのメダル供給は、回転センタユニット 6の底部にて回収されたメダル Mを、メダ ルガイド 532を備えたメダル供給装置 53が順次送り込むことによって行われる。  [0082] Next, a mechanism for supplying medals to the jackpot section 4, particularly for switching the medal supply path 49 will be described (see FIGS. 17 and 18). The power to be described in another section The medal supply to the jackpot section 4 is performed by the medal supply apparatus 53 having the medal guide 532 sequentially feeding the medals M collected at the bottom of the rotation center unit 6.
[0083] また、本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置 1は、上述のメダル供給装置 53のメダル出口 534からメダル Mが供給される際、メダル供給路 49を切り換えるための切換機構 48 を備えている(図 17、図 18参照)。メダル供給路 49を切り換えるための機構としては 種々のものがあるが、例えば本実施形態の切換機構 48は、ジャックポット部 4におい てメダル Mが流れる傾斜路 480の下部に軸が横方向(メダル Mの払出し方向と垂直 となる横向きの方向)となるように配置されたガイドシャフト 481、このガイドシャフト 48 1に沿って横方向にスライドするレール 482およびスロープ 483、これらレーノレ 482お よびスロープ 483をスライドさせるモータ 484等によって構成されてレ、る(図 17、図 18 参照)。ガイドシャフト 481は 2本が平行となるように配置されてレ、る。  Further, the medal game device 1 of the present embodiment includes a switching mechanism 48 for switching the medal supply path 49 when the medal M is supplied from the medal outlet 534 of the medal supply device 53 described above ( (See Figure 17 and Figure 18). There are various mechanisms for switching the medal supply path 49. For example, the switching mechanism 48 of the present embodiment has a horizontal axis (the medal in the lower part of the slope 480 through which the medal M flows in the jackpot section 4). A guide shaft 481 arranged in a direction perpendicular to the payout direction of M), a rail 482 and a slope 483 that slide laterally along the guide shaft 481, and a lenore 482 and a slope 483. It consists of a motor 484 that slides (see Fig. 17 and Fig. 18). The guide shaft 481 is arranged so that the two are parallel.
[0084] レール 482はメダル出口 534から供給されるメダル Mを下ゲート部 46に導く誘導路 であり、スロープ 483はメダル出口 534から供給されるメダル Mを上ゲート部 47に導く 誘導路である。これらレール 482とスロープ 483は一体化されており、ガイドシャフト 4 81に沿って一体的にスライドすることが可能となっている(図 17、図 18参照)。これら のうち、レール 482はスロープ 483の横をバイパスさせる例えば断面がチャネル形状 の供給路であり、下ゲート部 46に連なるメダル流路 485へとメダル Mを誘導する。こ のレール 482のメダル導入部 482aはメダル Mを導入しやすくなるように広い開口部 となっている。一方、スロープ 483は、メダル Mを傾斜路 480の中央寄りに導くよう中 央寄りに傾斜した斜面 483aを有する部材であり、スライドしてメダル出口 534の前に 位置した状態のときは当該メダル出口 534から供給されるメダル Mを上ゲート部 47へ と導く(図 17において想像線で示す矢印参照)。 [0084] Rail 482 is a guideway that leads medal M supplied from medal exit 534 to lower gate 46, and slope 483 is a guideway that leads medal M supplied from medal exit 534 to upper gate 47. . These rails 482 and slope 483 are integrated into the guide shaft 4 It is possible to slide integrally along 81 (see Fig. 17 and Fig. 18). Of these, the rail 482 is a supply channel having a channel shape, for example, that bypasses the side of the slope 483, and guides the medal M to the medal flow channel 485 that is continuous with the lower gate portion 46. The medal introduction part 482a of the rail 482 has a wide opening so that the medal M can be easily introduced. On the other hand, the slope 483 is a member having a slope 483a inclined toward the center so as to guide the medal M toward the center of the ramp 480. When the slide 483 is slid and positioned in front of the medal exit 534, the medal exit The medal M supplied from 534 is guided to the upper gate 47 (see the arrow indicated by the imaginary line in FIG. 17).
[0085] また、レーノレ 482およびスロープ 483は、ガイドシャフト 481に沿って移動可能な例 えばチャネル形状の軸受 486によって支持されている(図 18参照)。さらに、レーノレ 4 82およびスロープ 483の下方には回転板 487が設けられている。この回転板 487は 、当該回転板 487上の凸部 487a、および軸受 486等に一体化されている係止片 48 8を介してモータ 484の駆動力をレール 482およびスロープ 483に伝達する。また、 回転板 487の回転量を検出可能なセンサ 489の出力に基づき、レール 482およびス ロープ 483の位置を検出することが可能となっている(図 18参照)。  In addition, the lenore 482 and the slope 483 are supported by, for example, a channel-shaped bearing 486 that can move along the guide shaft 481 (see FIG. 18). Further, a rotating plate 487 is provided below the Lennole 482 and the slope 483. The rotating plate 487 transmits the driving force of the motor 484 to the rail 482 and the slope 483 via the protrusions 487a on the rotating plate 487 and the locking pieces 488 integrated with the bearing 486 and the like. Further, the positions of the rail 482 and the slope 483 can be detected based on the output of the sensor 489 that can detect the amount of rotation of the rotating plate 487 (see FIG. 18).
[0086] なお、上述したジャックポット部 4におけるメダル貯留および払出しのための機構に おいては、いわゆるプログレッシブ方式を採用することができる。これは、プレーヤに よるメダル投入数が所定の枚数をカウントする度(例えば、全プレーヤの合計メダル 投入数が 10枚をカウントする度)に積算値を増やしていくといつたもので、かかる積算 値はレ、わゆるジャックポット値として表示することができる。このようなプログレッシブ方 式によれば、積算値が増えるにつれて当選時の払出し数も増えるからプレーヤの興 味を強く引くことが可能である。なお、このようなプログレッシブ方式を採用した場合に は積算値の増加に応じてメダル供給装置 53からジャックポット部 4へとメダル Mが供 給されることになる。  It should be noted that a so-called progressive method can be employed in the mechanism for storing and paying out medals in the jackpot unit 4 described above. This is when the accumulated value is increased every time the number of medals inserted by a player counts a predetermined number (for example, the total number of medals inserted by all players counts 10). The value can be displayed as a so-called jackpot value. According to such a progressive method, as the integrated value increases, the number of payouts at the time of winning increases, so it is possible to strongly attract the interest of the player. When such a progressive method is adopted, the medal M is supplied from the medal supply device 53 to the jackpot unit 4 as the integrated value increases.
[0087] 続いて、回転センタユニット 6におけるターンテーブル部 5の構造の一例を説明する 。図 19に、ターンテーブル部 5の構造を示す斜視図を示す。ターンテーブル部 5は、 図 19に示すように、メダノレ受け皿 51、キャスタ 52、メダル供給装置 53、回転板 54お よび基台 55を備えている。基台 55を除く構成要素は、同時に同じ回転軸で回転する ようになつている。 [0087] Next, an example of the structure of the turntable unit 5 in the rotation center unit 6 will be described. FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the structure of the turntable unit 5. As shown in FIG. 19, the turntable 5 includes a medanol tray 51, casters 52, a medal supply device 53, a rotating plate 54, and a base 55. Components other than the base 55 rotate on the same axis of rotation at the same time It ’s like that.
[0088] メダル受け皿 51は、中央に開口部を備え、その周囲の環状部力 メダル Mを回収 する形状となっている。また、メタ、'ノレ受け皿 51には、回転センタユニット 6 (あるいはそ の上部に配置されたターゲット 42, 43)の周囲に飛んできたメダル Mを回収可能なテ ーパ形状の底部が設けられている。底部の最低部は開口しており、メダル受け皿 51 内に飛んできたメダル Mはこの底部を滑って排出されるようになっている。  [0088] The medal tray 51 is provided with an opening at the center, and has a shape for collecting the peripheral force medal M around it. In addition, the metal tray tray 51 is provided with a taper-shaped bottom portion that can collect the medals M flying around the rotation center unit 6 (or the targets 42 and 43 arranged on the top). ing. The bottom of the bottom is open, and the medal M flying into the medal tray 51 slides on the bottom and is discharged.
[0089] メダル供給装置 53は、メダル受け皿 51で集められたメダル Mをジャックポット部 4に 供給可能に構成されている。本実施形態の場合、メダル供給装置 53は、メインホッパ (メダル回収容器) 531、メダル供給モータ(図示省略)、メダルガイド 532、揺動レバ 一(図示省略)やカウントセンサ 405などを備えてレ、る。  The medal supply device 53 is configured to be able to supply the medal M collected by the medal tray 51 to the jackpot unit 4. In this embodiment, the medal supply device 53 includes a main hopper (medal collection container) 531, a medal supply motor (not shown), a medal guide 532, a swing lever (not shown), a count sensor 405, and the like. RU
[0090] メインホッパ 531は、各サテライト部 2から回転センタユニット 6 (あるいはその上部に 設けられているターゲット 42, 43)に向けて発射され、下方に落ちたメダル Mを回収 するための回収容器である(図 3参照)。本実施形態の場合、回転センタユニット 6の 範囲内で落下したメダル Mはすべてこのメインホッパ 531にて回収される構造となつ ている。メインホッパ 531の底部には図示しなレ、メダル送出装置が設けられている。ま た、詳しくは図示していないが、本実施形態のメインホッパ 531にはメダル量センサ 5 31aが設けられている(図 3参照)。このメダル量センサ 531aは、当該メインホッパ内 におけるメダル回収量 (貯留量)がー定量を超えているかどうかを検出するセンサ(二 ァェンプティセンサ)として機能することができる。  [0090] The main hopper 531 is a collection container for collecting the medal M that has been fired from each satellite section 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 (or the targets 42 and 43 provided on the upper part thereof) and dropped downward. (See Figure 3). In the present embodiment, all medals M dropped within the range of the rotation center unit 6 are collected by the main hopper 531. On the bottom of the main hopper 531, a medal delivery device (not shown) is provided. Although not shown in detail, the main hopper 531 of this embodiment is provided with a medal amount sensor 531a (see FIG. 3). The medal amount sensor 531a can function as a sensor (a two-empty sensor) that detects whether or not the medal recovery amount (storage amount) in the main hopper exceeds a fixed amount.
[0091] メダル送出装置は、メダル Mを嵌挿可能な孔が複数設けられた円盤を回転させてメ ダル Mを順次メダルガイド 532内に送り出すことが可能になっている。メダル搬送機 構として機能するメダルガイド 532は、メダル Mの通路となっており、メダル Mを一列 にして長い距離搬送させることが可能になっている。メダノレガイド 532の出口力 メタ" ル Mがジャックポット部 4内に排出される際に、揺動レバーが揺動しその揺動に対応 してカウントセンサ 405が排出されたメダル Mを検出するようになっている。  [0091] The medal sending device can send the medal M sequentially into the medal guide 532 by rotating a disk provided with a plurality of holes into which the medal M can be inserted. The medal guide 532 functioning as a medal transport mechanism is a passage for the medal M, and the medal M can be transported for a long distance in a row. When the outlet force metal M of the medley guide 532 is discharged into the jackpot section 4, the swing lever swings and the medal M that the count sensor 405 discharges is detected in response to the swing. It has become.
[0092] 回転板 54は、基台 55に備えられたモータ 501 (ただし本実施形態において詳しく は図示していなレ、)によってメダル受け皿 51、メダル供給装置 53を一体的に回転さ せることが可能になっている。 [0093] ここで、サテライト部 2から回転センタユニット 6に向けて発射されたメダル Mがメイン ホッパ 531にて回収されるまでの流れの一例を示すと以下のとおりである(図 3参照) 。すなわち、例えば小ターゲット 42の背後に落ちたメダル Mは、回転センタユニット 6 の当該部分に設けられている落下孔 506を通って落下し、傾斜路 507を滑りほたは 転がり)、さらに落下孔 508を通過して落下する。落下したメダル Mは、さらに上述し たメダル受け皿 51上を滑りほたは転がり)、メインホッパ 531に回収される(図 3、図 1 9参照)。このようにして回収されたメダル Mは、その後メダル供給モータが駆動され ることにより、ジャックポット部 4へと供給される。 The rotary plate 54 can rotate the medal tray 51 and the medal supply device 53 integrally by a motor 501 (not shown in detail in the present embodiment) provided on the base 55. It is possible. Here, an example of a flow until the main hopper 531 collects medals M launched from the satellite unit 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 is as follows (see FIG. 3). That is, for example, the medal M that has fallen behind the small target 42 falls through the drop hole 506 provided in the corresponding portion of the rotation center unit 6 and slides or rolls on the slope 507), and then the drop hole Fall through 508. The dropped medal M is further slid on the medal tray 51 described above and rolled, and is collected in the main hopper 531 (see FIGS. 3 and 19). The medals M collected in this way are then supplied to the jackpot unit 4 by driving the medal supply motor.
[0094] 続いて、メダルゲーム装置における制御ブロックの構成について説明する。図 4に、 本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置を動作させるシステムブロック図を示す。図 4に示す ように、システムブロックとしては、メインユニット 100、サテライトユニット 200、ターゲッ トユニット 300、ジャックポットユニット 400、ターンテーブルユニット 500、メダル回収 ユニット 600、照明ユニット 700、メンテナンスユニット 800およびインターフェースュ ニット 900を備えている。第 1の制御装置になるメインユニット 100と第 2の制御装置に なる複数のサテライトユニット 200が双方向通信で接続されることによって分散処理シ ステムを形成している点に特徴がある。  Subsequently, the configuration of the control block in the medal game device will be described. FIG. 4 shows a system block diagram for operating the medal game device of the present embodiment. As shown in Fig. 4, the system block includes the main unit 100, satellite unit 200, target unit 300, jackpot unit 400, turntable unit 500, medal recovery unit 600, lighting unit 700, maintenance unit 800, and interface unit. Has knit 900. It is characterized in that a distributed processing system is formed by connecting a main unit 100 as a first control device and a plurality of satellite units 200 as a second control device by bidirectional communication.
[0095] メインユニット 100は、ターゲットユニット 300、ジャックポットユニット 400、ターンテ ーブノレユニット 500、メダル回収ユニット 600、照明ユニット 700およびメンテナンスュ ニット 800を制御可能に構成されている。また各サテライトユニット 200との間でデー タとコマンドの送受信をするようになっている。具体的にメインユニット 100は、 CPU1 01、メモリ 102、タイマ 103、インターフェース回路 104, 105, 106, 108、音源回路 107などを備えている。  The main unit 100 is configured to be able to control the target unit 300, the jackpot unit 400, the turntable unit 500, the medal recovery unit 600, the lighting unit 700, and the maintenance unit 800. Data and commands are sent to and received from each satellite unit 200. Specifically, the main unit 100 includes a CPU 101, a memory 102, a timer 103, interface circuits 104, 105, 106, 108, a tone generator circuit 107, and the like.
[0096] CPU101は、メモリ 102に格納されたプログラムを実行することにより、本発明の制 御装置の一部として図 20および図 21に示すような所定の処理を実行可能になって いる。メモリ 102は、 ROM部分にプログラムが格納されている他、 RAM部分を CPU のワークエリアとして提供可能になっている。タイマ 103は、水晶発振器を分周するこ とによって一定期間ごとに CPU101に割り込みを掛けることで経過時間を通報可能 になっている。 [0097] インターフェース回路 104は、各サテライトユニット 200との双方向シリアル通信およ び音源制御コマンドの送信を行うようになっている。インターフェース回路 105は、タ ーンテーブルユニット 500にモータ駆動信号を、メダル回収ユニット 600にドライブ信 号を、照明ユニット 700に点灯指示信号を送出し、ターンテーブルユニット 500から 位置センサ 503の検出信号を受信するようになっている。インターフェース回路 106 は、インターフェースユニット 900を介してジャックポットユニット 400との間で、モータ 401用の小ターゲット駆動信号、モータ 402用の大ターゲット駆動信号およびモータ 404用のホッパ駆動信号を出力し、大ターゲット 43のウェーブセンサ 403、カウントセ ンサ 405およびフルセンサ 406の検出信号を入力するようになっている。また各ター ゲットユニット 300に点灯指示信号を出力し、センサ 301の検出信号を入力するよう になっている。 The CPU 101 can execute a predetermined process as shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 as a part of the control device of the present invention by executing a program stored in the memory 102. In the memory 102, a program is stored in the ROM portion, and a RAM portion can be provided as a work area of the CPU. The timer 103 can report the elapsed time by interrupting the CPU 101 at regular intervals by dividing the crystal oscillator. The interface circuit 104 is configured to perform bidirectional serial communication with each satellite unit 200 and transmission of a sound source control command. The interface circuit 105 sends a motor drive signal to the turntable unit 500, a drive signal to the medal recovery unit 600, and a lighting instruction signal to the lighting unit 700. The detection signal of the position sensor 503 is sent from the turntable unit 500. It is supposed to receive. The interface circuit 106 outputs a small target drive signal for the motor 401, a large target drive signal for the motor 402, and a hopper drive signal for the motor 404 to and from the jackpot unit 400 via the interface unit 900. Detection signals from the wave sensor 403, count sensor 405, and full sensor 406 of the target 43 are input. Further, a lighting instruction signal is output to each target unit 300, and a detection signal of the sensor 301 is input.
[0098] インターフェース回路 108は、メンテナンスユニット 800とメンテナンス用の操作信号 を入力するようになっている。音源回路 107は、波形メモリを内蔵し、 CPU101からの 音源制御信号に応じて波形を合成し合成した波形の音響信号を出力するようになつ ている。この音源回路で合成される音響信号は主として BGMに関わるものである。 音響信号はアンプ 110で電力増幅され、メダルゲーム装置の本体に取り付けられた スピーカに供給される。  The interface circuit 108 is configured to input a maintenance unit 800 and an operation signal for maintenance. The sound source circuit 107 has a built-in waveform memory, and synthesizes waveforms according to the sound source control signal from the CPU 101 and outputs a synthesized waveform acoustic signal. The sound signal synthesized by this tone generator circuit is mainly related to BGM. The sound signal is amplified by the amplifier 110 and supplied to a speaker attached to the main body of the medal game device.
[0099] サテライトユニット 200は、サテライト部 2に対応して設けられており、メインユニット 1 00とデータの交換をしつつ各サテライト部 2の制御が可能に構成されている。例えば 10のサテライト部 2が設けられている本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置の場合には、各 サテライト部 2に対応して 10のサテライトユニット 200が設けられている。このサテライ トユニット 200ίま、具体白勺に ίま、ボード 200Β上に CPU201、メモリ 202,インターフエ ース回路 203, 204, 206, 208, 209、ビデオ表示回路(VDP) 207および音源回 路 205を備えたものとなっている。  The satellite unit 200 is provided corresponding to the satellite unit 2, and is configured to be able to control each satellite unit 2 while exchanging data with the main unit 100. For example, in the case of the medal game device of the present embodiment in which ten satellite units 2 are provided, ten satellite units 200 are provided corresponding to each satellite unit 2. This satellite unit 200 °, specifically white, CPU 201, memory 202, interface circuits 203, 204, 206, 208, 209, video display circuit (VDP) 207 and sound source circuit 205 It has become.
[0100] CPU201は、メモリ 202に格納されたプログラムを実行することにより、制御装置の 一部として図 22、図 23、図 24および図 25に示すような所定の処理を実行可能なも のであり、特に、表示部 20に表示させるビデオゲームを実行可能に構成されている。 メモリ 202は、 ROM部分にプログラムや後述の設定テーブル 825が格納されている 他、 RAM部分を CPUのワークエリアとして提供可能になっている。 [0100] The CPU 201 executes a program stored in the memory 202, and can execute a predetermined process as shown in FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. 25 as a part of the control device. In particular, the video game displayed on the display unit 20 can be executed. The memory 202 stores a program and a setting table 825 described later in the ROM portion. In addition, the RAM part can be provided as a CPU work area.
[0101] インターフェース回路 203は、メインユニット 100とデータやコマンドの送受信を行い 、インターフェース回路 204は、音源制御信号を受信するようになっている。インター フェース回路 206は、プッシャ部 3又は各メダル発射装置 8にメダル Mを供給するサ テライト用ホッパ 25にモータ 212用駆動信号を出力し、カウントセンサ 213から検出 信号を入力するようになっている。インターフェース回路 208は、表示部 20を移動さ せるモータ 214に駆動信号を出力し、インターフェース回路 209は、メダル発射装置 8とデータ(検出信号)やコマンドの送受信を行うようになっているが詳細は後述する。 The interface circuit 203 transmits / receives data and commands to / from the main unit 100, and the interface circuit 204 receives a sound source control signal. The interface circuit 206 outputs a drive signal for the motor 212 to the satellite hopper 25 that supplies the medal M to the pusher unit 3 or each medal launching device 8, and inputs a detection signal from the count sensor 213. . The interface circuit 208 outputs a drive signal to the motor 214 that moves the display unit 20, and the interface circuit 209 transmits and receives data (detection signals) and commands to and from the medal launcher 8. It will be described later.
[0102] ビデオ表示回路 207は、データメモリとフレームメモリとを内蔵し、ビデオゲームの 進行を制御する CPU201のコマンドにより指定されたオブジェクトデータと位置情報 に基づいてフレーム画像を生成し、表示部 20に映像信号を出力可能に構成されて いる。音源回路 205は、波形メモリを内蔵し、 CPU201からの音源制御信号に応じて 波形を合成し合成した波形の音響信号を出力するようになっている。この音源回路 で合成される音響信号は主としてメダル Mの発射音や表示部 20に表示するビデオ ゲームの音響に関わるものである。音響信号はアンプ 211で電力増幅され、例えば サテライト部 2のレバー 23の横に取り付けられたスピーカ等に供給される。 [0102] The video display circuit 207 includes a data memory and a frame memory, and controls the progress of the video game. The video display circuit 207 generates a frame image based on the object data and position information specified by the command of the CPU 201, and displays 20 Are configured to output video signals. The sound source circuit 205 has a built-in waveform memory, and synthesizes waveforms according to a sound source control signal from the CPU 201 and outputs a synthesized acoustic signal. The sound signal synthesized by the sound source circuit is mainly related to the sound of the medal M and the sound of the video game displayed on the display unit 20. The sound signal is amplified by the amplifier 211 and supplied to, for example, a speaker attached to the side of the lever 23 of the satellite unit 2.
[0103] ターゲットユニット 300は、例えばプッシャ部 3あるいは各ターゲット 41〜43の内部 に設けられるユニットであり、上述のセンサ 301、ボード 302および冷陰極管 303を備 える。また、図示しないがターゲットユニット 300はこの他、図 7および図 26に示す発 光素子 304を備える。ボード 302は、センサ 301からの検出信号を入力し前述したよ うな判定方法によりメダル Mの通過を検出し検出した旨を CPUに出力可能になって いる。またメダル Mが通過したと検出された場合に冷陰極管 303を点滅させたり、 CP Uからの点灯制御信号に対応させて、冷陰極管 303の点灯を制御したりが可能な回 路を備えている。冷陰極管 303は、筒状体 31を囲んで配置されており、プッシャ部 3 やターゲット 41〜43のモールドを通して対象物を光らせることが可能な程度の光量 で発光するものである。 [0103] The target unit 300 is a unit provided, for example, inside the pusher unit 3 or each of the targets 41 to 43, and includes the above-described sensor 301, board 302, and cold cathode tube 303. Further, although not shown, the target unit 300 includes a light emitting element 304 shown in FIGS. The board 302 can input a detection signal from the sensor 301 and detect that the passage of the medal M is detected and detected by the determination method as described above to the CPU. In addition, a circuit is provided that allows the cold-cathode tube 303 to blink when it is detected that the medal M has passed, or to control the lighting of the cold-cathode tube 303 in response to a lighting control signal from the CPU. ing. The cold cathode tube 303 is disposed so as to surround the cylindrical body 31 and emits light with an amount of light that can illuminate the object through the pusher unit 3 and the molds of the targets 41 to 43.
[0104] ジャックポットユニット 400は、小ターゲット 42を駆動するモータ 401、大ターゲット 4 3を駆動するモータ 402を備えており、尚かつ、他の部品(例えば、図示していないホ ッパなど)を駆動するモータ 404を備えている。また、大ターゲット 43の阻害部 44の 動きを検出するウェーブセンサ 403,ホッパのカウントセンサ 405とフルセンサ 406を 備えている。モータ 401とモータ 402はそれぞれターゲット 42, 43を動かし視覚的効 果を与えることに寄与するものである。モータ 404はジャックポット処理においてメダ ル Mの払い出しをするための駆動装置である。 [0104] The jackpot unit 400 includes a motor 401 that drives the small target 42 and a motor 402 that drives the large target 43, and other components (for example, a motor (not shown)). A motor 404 for driving a hopper). In addition, a wave sensor 403 that detects the movement of the inhibition portion 44 of the large target 43, a hopper count sensor 405, and a full sensor 406 are provided. The motor 401 and the motor 402 contribute to moving the targets 42 and 43, respectively, and giving a visual effect. The motor 404 is a drive device for dispensing the medal M in the jackpot process.
[0105] ウェーブセンサ 403は阻害部 44の位置を検出しモータ 402の動きを反転させ、大 ターゲット 43が例えば両手を交互に上下させているように見せるものである。カウント センサ 405は払い出しメダル数を計数し、フノレセンサ 406は、ホッパ内にメダル Mが 充填された場合にそれ以上のメダル供給を停止させるための検出信号を出力するよ うになつている。 [0105] The wave sensor 403 detects the position of the inhibition unit 44 and reverses the movement of the motor 402 so that the large target 43 appears as if both hands are alternately moved up and down. The count sensor 405 counts the number of paid-out medals, and the funnel sensor 406 outputs a detection signal for stopping further supply of medals when the hopper is filled with medals M.
[0106] ターンテーブルユニット 500は、ターンテーブル部 5の制御ブロックであり、モータ 5 01 ,ジャックポットセンサ 502および位置センサ 503を備えている。モータ 501は回転 板 54を回転させるために基台 55に設けられたものである。ジャックポットセンサ 502 はジャックポット処理時にメダル払い出しを行う位置を検出しターンテーブル部 5を停 止させるためのものである。位置センサ 503は、サテライト部 2ごとに設けられ、各サテ ライト部 2に対応するターゲットを特定するための位置センサである。  The turntable unit 500 is a control block for the turntable unit 5 and includes a motor 5 01, a jackpot sensor 502 and a position sensor 503. The motor 501 is provided on the base 55 for rotating the rotating plate 54. The jackpot sensor 502 detects the position where the medal is paid out during the jackpot processing and stops the turntable unit 5. The position sensor 503 is provided for each satellite unit 2 and is a position sensor for specifying a target corresponding to each satellite unit 2.
[0107] メダル回収ユニット 600は、ジャックポット用のメダル供給装置 53の他、各サテライト 部 2のメダル発射装置 8にメダル Mを供給するためのメダル供給装置(図示省略)のメ ダル供給モータを複数備えている。照明ユニット 700は、ゲーム空間を照明する照明 具が配置されているユニットである。メンテナンスユニット 800は、保守用のリセットスィ ツチ、電源投入スィッチ、試験用選択スィッチ、音響のボリュームなどが配置されたュ ニットである。インターフェースユニット 900は、回転しているターゲットユニット 300お よびジャックポットユニット 400と静止しているメインユニット 100とを電気的に接続す るためのインターフェース機構を備えている。  [0107] The medal recovery unit 600 includes a medal supply motor for a medal supply device (not shown) for supplying the medal M to the medal launching device 8 of each satellite section 2 in addition to the medal supply device 53 for the jackpot. There are several. The lighting unit 700 is a unit in which lighting fixtures that illuminate the game space are arranged. The maintenance unit 800 is a unit in which a reset switch for maintenance, a power-on switch, a test selection switch, an acoustic volume, and the like are arranged. The interface unit 900 includes an interface mechanism for electrically connecting the rotating target unit 300 and jackpot unit 400 to the stationary main unit 100.
[0108] 図 12は、本実施形態におけるメダル発射装置 8のシステムブロック図の概略である 。各メダル発射装置 8は、発射ボタン 842が押されたことを検出するトリガセンサ 843 と、メダル Mが発射レール 831を通過したことを検出するメダルセンサ 837と、射撃ゲ ーム時に駆動され、ターゲット (標的)の距離等に応じて回転数が制御されるローラ駆 動モータ 823と、発射ボタン 842の押下が検出されている間、ミニホッパ 811を動作さ せるためのメダル供給モータ 812と、第 1操作台部 86のロック及びロック解除をする 支持手段 88のロック機構 881と、を備えている。これらはインターフェース回路(I/O ) 209を介してサテライトユニット 200の CPU201等に接続されてレ、る。 FIG. 12 is a schematic system block diagram of the medal launcher 8 in the present embodiment. Each medal launcher 8 is driven by a trigger sensor 843 that detects that the fire button 842 has been pressed, a medal sensor 837 that detects that the medal M has passed the launch rail 831, Roller drive whose rotation speed is controlled according to the distance of the target The motor 823 and the medal supply motor 812 for operating the mini hopper 811 while the pressing of the firing button 842 is detected, and the lock mechanism of the support means 88 for locking and unlocking the first operation base 86 881 and the like. These are connected to the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 via the interface circuit (I / O) 209.
[0109] そして、トリガセンサ 843及びメダルセンサ 837からの検出信号をインターフェース 回路(I/O) 209に出力し、モータの駆動制御コマンド等をインターフェース回路 20 9から入力する。なお、 CPU201は、メモリ 202の ROM部分に格納された所定のプ ログラムを実行することにより、メダル発射装置 8によるメダル Mの発射を制御したり、 メダル発射装置 8へのメダル Mの補充を制御したりする制御手段として機能する。  Then, detection signals from the trigger sensor 843 and the medal sensor 837 are output to the interface circuit (I / O) 209, and a motor drive control command and the like are input from the interface circuit 209. The CPU 201 controls the launch of the medal M by the medal launcher 8 and the replenishment of the medal M to the medal launcher 8 by executing a predetermined program stored in the ROM portion of the memory 202. Function as control means.
[0110] 図 13は、射撃ゲーム中に実施されるイベントとメダル発射装置 8から発射させるメダ ルの発射速度に関連する発射速度パラメータとを対応付けて記憶した設定テーブル 825のテーブル構成の一例である。図 13に示すとおり、設定テーブル 825は、遊戯 者に狙わせる複数のターゲット (イベント 826)毎に、それぞれローラ駆動モータ 823 の回転数 827を対応付けたテーブル形式のデータである。モータの回転数はメダル 発射装置 8から各ターゲットまでの距離及び/又は高さに応じて予め設定されており 、各ターゲットにメダルがちょうど到達する程度の回転数に調整されている。図 13に 示す例では、標的が移動ターゲット 41のときのローラ駆動モータ 823の毎分回転数 は 2000〜2100rpmに設定されてレヽる。以下、 /J、ターゲット 42は 3000〜3100rpm 、大ターゲット 43は 4200〜4300rpm、ターゲッ卜メカ 911は 2800〜2900rpmに設 定されている。  FIG. 13 is an example of a table configuration of the setting table 825 that stores an event performed during the shooting game and a firing speed parameter related to the firing speed of the medal fired from the medal launcher 8 in association with each other. is there. As shown in FIG. 13, the setting table 825 is data in a table format in which the rotation speed 827 of the roller drive motor 823 is associated with each of a plurality of targets (event 826) to be aimed at by the player. The number of rotations of the motor is set in advance according to the distance and / or height from the medal launching device 8 to each target, and is adjusted to the number of rotations at which the medal just reaches each target. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the rotational speed per minute of the roller drive motor 823 when the target is the moving target 41 is set to 2000-2100 rpm. In the following, / J, target 42 is set to 3000-3100 rpm, large target 43 is set to 4200-4300 rpm, and target mechanism 911 is set to 2800-2900 rpm.
[0111] なお、この設定テーブル 825はメモリ 202の ROMに記憶されていて、 CPU201力 S ローラ駆動モータ 823を駆動制御する際に参照されるようになっている。  Note that the setting table 825 is stored in the ROM of the memory 202 and is referred to when the CPU 201 force S roller drive motor 823 is driven and controlled.
[0112] 図 27は、本実施形態におけるメダル発射装置 8から発射されたメダルの軌跡を示 す図である。図 16に示すとおり、移動ターゲット 41を狙うときには、メダノレがちょうど移 動ターゲット 41に到達するような軌跡 891を描くよう、メダルの発射速度(モータの回 転数)が調整される。同様に、小ターゲット 42、大ターゲット 43及びターゲットメカ 911 を狙うときには、メダルがこれらのターゲットに到達するような軌跡 892、 893及び 894 を描くよう、メダルの発射速度が調整される。 [0113] 続いて、天井プロジェクタチヤッカ装置の構成について説明する。本実施形態のメ ダルゲーム装置 1では、いわゆるスーパージャックポットチャンスイベント(後の項にて 説明)のとき、天井に収容された状態となっているこの天井プロジェクタチヤッカ装置 を当該プレーヤの目前に位置させて駆動させ、射撃ゲームを中心とした新たなィべ ントを実施することとしている。 FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a trajectory of medals launched from the medal launching device 8 in the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 16, when aiming at the moving target 41, the medal firing speed (the number of rotations of the motor) is adjusted so as to draw a trajectory 891 in which the medanol reaches the moving target 41. Similarly, when aiming at the small target 42, the large target 43, and the target mechanism 911, the shooting speed of the medal is adjusted so as to draw trajectories 892, 893, and 894 that the medal reaches these targets. [0113] Next, the configuration of the ceiling projector checker device will be described. In the medal game device 1 of the present embodiment, the ceiling projector-chicker device that is housed in the ceiling at the time of a so-called super jackpot chance event (described in a later section) is placed in front of the player. A new event centered on shooting games will be implemented.
[0114] この天井プロジェクタチヤッカ装置は、収容された初期位置(図 29参照)と射撃グー ムのターゲットとなる位置との間を昇降するターゲット盤からなる投影ユニット 91と、こ のように投影ユニット 91を昇降させるための機構と、投影ユニット 91の表面に所定の 映像を投影するためのプロジェクタ装置 92とを備えている。  [0114] This ceiling projector / chicker device has a projection unit 91 composed of a target panel that moves up and down between an initial position (see Fig. 29) accommodated and a position that becomes a target of the shooting goum. A mechanism for raising and lowering the unit 91 and a projector device 92 for projecting a predetermined image on the surface of the projection unit 91 are provided.
[0115] 投影ユニット 91は、その表面に複数のターゲット(入賞口)を備えた例えば円盤から なるターゲット盤である。本実施形態の場合、該投影ユニット 91の外周に沿って例え ば 6個のターゲットメカ 911が周状かつ等間隔に配置されている。この場合、これらタ ーゲットメ力 911の間にダミーを配して計 12個のターゲットを配置することとしてもよい 。なお、図 28等においてはこのターゲットメカ 911を簡略化し、円柱状の突起で表現 している(図 28等参照)。  [0115] The projection unit 91 is a target disk made of, for example, a disk having a plurality of targets (winning holes) on its surface. In the case of the present embodiment, for example, six target mechanisms 911 are arranged along the outer periphery of the projection unit 91 at regular intervals. In this case, a total of 12 targets may be arranged by placing a dummy between these target strengths 911. In FIG. 28 and the like, the target mechanism 911 is simplified and represented by a cylindrical protrusion (see FIG. 28 and the like).
[0116] ターゲットメカ 911は、投影ユニット 91に標的として配置されているものである。ター ゲットメ力 911のそれぞれにはメダル通過用の開口部 912が設けられ、さらに各開口 部 912にはこれによって構成される入賞口を開けたり閉めたりするための開閉機構 9 13が設けられている(図 31参照)。例えば本実施形態の場合、この開閉機構 913は ロを模した開閉シャツタ(上シャツタ 967、下シャツタ 968)で形成されており、当該タ ーゲットメ力 911に施されたギミックおよび当該ターゲットメカ 911に投影される映像な どの効果により、あた力、も口を開閉させているような視覚を与えることとしている(図 35 等参照)。  [0116] The target mechanism 911 is arranged as a target in the projection unit 91. Each target force 911 is provided with an opening 912 for passing a medal, and each opening 912 is provided with an opening / closing mechanism 913 for opening and closing a winning opening constituted thereby. (See Figure 31). For example, in the case of the present embodiment, the opening / closing mechanism 913 is formed of an opening / closing shirt that mimics the shape (upper shirt 967, lower shirt 968), and is projected onto the target mechanism 911 and the gimmick applied to the target force 911. The effects such as the image that is displayed give the user the power to feel as if opening and closing the mouth (see Fig. 35, etc.).
[0117] プロジェクタ装置 92は、投影ユニット 91の表面に所定の映像を投影するための装 置である。この場合、プロジェクタ装置 92で投影ユニット 91を直接照射して映像を投 影することも可能だが、本実施形態では鏡などの反射板 93で一度反射させてから投 影ユニット 91に投影することとしている(図 30参照)。こうした場合には、例えばプロジ ェクタ装置 92を投影ユニット 91の上方に配置したとしても必要な投影距離を確保す ることができるからこれら装置をコンパクトに配置することが可能となる。これらプロジェ クタ装置 92や反射板 93、投影ユニット 91はすべてターンテーブルユニット 500上に 配置されており、メダルゲーム装置 1の内部にて当該ターンテーブルユニット 500とと もに回転するようになっている(図 3等参照)。 The projector device 92 is a device for projecting a predetermined image on the surface of the projection unit 91. In this case, it is possible to project the image by directly irradiating the projection unit 91 with the projector device 92, but in the present embodiment, the image is projected once onto the projection unit 91 after being reflected once by the reflector 93 such as a mirror. (See Figure 30). In such a case, for example, even if the projector device 92 is disposed above the projection unit 91, a necessary projection distance is secured. Therefore, these devices can be arranged in a compact manner. The projector device 92, the reflector 93, and the projection unit 91 are all arranged on the turntable unit 500, and rotate with the turntable unit 500 inside the medal game device 1. (See Figure 3 etc.)
[0118] 次に、投影ユニット 91を昇降させるための機構 (符号 94で示す)について説明する  [0118] Next, a mechanism (indicated by reference numeral 94) for raising and lowering the projection unit 91 will be described.
(図 29等参照)。例えば本実施形態の場合には、モータ 941や送りねじ 942を介して 投影ユニット 91を前後方向にスライドさせ、さらにこのときの動きに連動して降下して その表面をプレーヤ側に見せるように動くようになつている。  (See Figure 29 etc.). For example, in the case of the present embodiment, the projection unit 91 is slid in the front-rear direction via the motor 941 and the feed screw 942, and further moved downward so as to show the surface to the player side in conjunction with the movement at this time. It ’s like that.
[0119] モータ 941は投影ユニット 91を昇降させる際の駆動源であり、当該投影ユニット 91 が設けられているターンテーブルユニット 500のフレーム 509に固定されている。この モータ 941の出力軸には、前後方向(サテライト部 2と当該ターンテーブルユニット 50 0とを結ぶ方向)に延びる送りねじ 942が同軸回転するように接続されている。この送 りねじ 942には前後方向に移動可能なスライダ 943が嚙合しており、送りねじ 942の 回転量に応じてスライドするようになってレ、る。  The motor 941 is a drive source for raising and lowering the projection unit 91, and is fixed to the frame 509 of the turntable unit 500 on which the projection unit 91 is provided. A feed screw 942 extending in the front-rear direction (direction connecting the satellite unit 2 and the turntable unit 500) is connected to the output shaft of the motor 941 so as to rotate coaxially. A slider 943 that can move in the front-rear direction is engaged with the feed screw 942, and slides according to the amount of rotation of the feed screw 942.
[0120] 一方、投影ユニット 91は例えば左右に配置された一対の支持アーム 944によって 支持されている(図 31等参照)。さらに、支持アーム 944には、左右方向に延びる 2 本のシャフト 945, 946力 S互いに平行に取り付けられてレ、る。これらのうち第 1のシャフ ト 945は支持アーム 944の端部付近に取り付けられている。また、第 2のシャフト 946 は、投影ユニット 91と第 1のシャフト 945の間となる位置に例えば支持片 944aを介し て支持アーム 944に取り付けられている(図 31参照)。なお、突起 944bは、緩衝器 9 49の一端を回転可能な状態で取り付けるために形成されている。緩衝器 949の他端 側はスライダ 943に回転可能な状態で取り付けられている。  On the other hand, the projection unit 91 is supported by, for example, a pair of support arms 944 arranged on the left and right sides (see FIG. 31, etc.). Further, two shafts 945, 946 forces S extending in the left-right direction are attached to the support arm 944 in parallel with each other. Of these, the first shaft 945 is attached near the end of the support arm 944. Further, the second shaft 946 is attached to the support arm 944 via a support piece 944a, for example, at a position between the projection unit 91 and the first shaft 945 (see FIG. 31). The protrusion 944b is formed to attach one end of the shock absorber 949 in a rotatable state. The other end of the shock absorber 949 is attached to a slider 943 in a rotatable state.
[0121] ここで、第 1のシャフト 945は、上述したスライダ 943に対して相対回転可能な状態 で連結している(図 29参照)。さらに、第 1のシャフト 945はその両端部分がスライドレ ール 947に案内されており、このスライドレール 947に沿って前後方向に移動可能と なっている。スライドレール 947は、一対が互いに対向するように例えばフレーム 509 の内側に設けられているものである。  [0121] Here, the first shaft 945 is connected to the above-described slider 943 in a relatively rotatable state (see FIG. 29). Further, both ends of the first shaft 945 are guided by a slide rail 947 and can be moved in the front-rear direction along the slide rail 947. The slide rail 947 is provided, for example, inside the frame 509 so that a pair of the rails 947 face each other.
[0122] さらに、投影ユニット 91を昇降させるための昇降機構 94は、傾斜部 948a付きのガ イド 948を備えている(図 29、図 30参照)。上述した第 2のシャフト 946はその両端部 力 Sこのガイド 948に例えば載せられた状態となっており、当該ガイド 948に沿って案 内される。例えば本実施形態のメダルゲーム装置 1の場合、第 2のシャフト 946がガイ ド 948の傾斜部 948aに沿って駆け下りるように降下するのに伴レ、、投影ユニット 91 が前方へせり出しながら降下してプレーヤの目前に位置するように動く(図 30等参照 [0122] Further, the lifting mechanism 94 for lifting and lowering the projection unit 91 includes a gage with an inclined portion 948a. Id 948 (see Figure 29 and Figure 30). The above-described second shaft 946 is in a state where it is placed on the guide 948, for example, at both ends thereof S, and is placed along the guide 948. For example, in the case of the medal game device 1 of the present embodiment, the projection unit 91 descends while projecting forward as the second shaft 946 descends so as to run down along the inclined portion 948a of the guide 948. Move so that it is positioned in front of the player (see Figure 30 etc.)
[0123] 以上のような構成の昇降機構 94における動作を説明する(図 28等参照)。まず、投 影ユニット 91が初期位置にある状態、つまりメダルゲーム装置 1の天井部分に収容さ れた状態のとき(図 29参照)、モータ 941を駆動して送りねじ 942を前方(図 29中の 矢印方向)へと送り出す。これに伴い、第 1のシャフト 945はスライドレール 947に沿つ て前方へと移動し、さらに第 2のシャフト 946がガイド 948に沿って前方へと移動する 。このような動きに伴レ、、投影ユニット 91は前方へとせり出すように移動する。さらに 動作を続けると、第 2のシャフト 946がガイド 948の傾斜部 948aに差し掛かり、この後 は当該傾斜部 948aの勾配に沿って下がりながら前方へと移動する。この動きに伴い 、投影ユニット 91のスライド動作に前方へと回転する動作が加わり、天井からせり出し ながら降下し、最終的にプレーヤの目前に位置して停止する(図 30参照)。 [0123] The operation of the lifting mechanism 94 configured as described above will be described (see FIG. 28, etc.). First, when the projection unit 91 is in the initial position, that is, when it is housed in the ceiling portion of the medal game device 1 (see FIG. 29), the motor 941 is driven and the feed screw 942 is moved forward (in FIG. 29). (In the direction of the arrow). Accordingly, the first shaft 945 moves forward along the slide rail 947, and the second shaft 946 moves forward along the guide 948. With such movement, the projection unit 91 moves so as to protrude forward. When the operation is further continued, the second shaft 946 reaches the inclined portion 948a of the guide 948, and thereafter moves forward while descending along the gradient of the inclined portion 948a. Along with this movement, a motion of rotating forward is added to the sliding motion of the projection unit 91, and it descends while protruding from the ceiling, and finally stops in front of the player (see FIG. 30).
[0124] 本実施形態においては、上述のようにしてプレーヤの目前に位置した状態の投影 ユニット 91に対し、プロジェクタ装置 92および反射板 93によって例えばドーナツ状の ルーレットとそのルーレットの外周に配置されたターゲットメカ 911のプロジェクタ画像 を投影し、ルーレットの回転映像及びターゲットメカ 911が口を開閉する画像を映し 出すようにしている。こうした場合、ルーレットで遊戯しているかのような臨場感をプレ ーャに感じさせることができるという点で特徴的である。しかも、例えばターゲットメカ 9 11の口の開閉動作に合わせて映像を投影することとすれば、実際のメカの動きと当 該部分に映し出される映像とが同期した趣きのある像を作り出すことも可能である。  In the present embodiment, for example, a donut-shaped roulette and an outer periphery of the roulette are arranged by the projector device 92 and the reflector 93 with respect to the projection unit 91 positioned in front of the player as described above. The projector image of the target mechanism 911 is projected, and the rotation image of the roulette and the image of the target mechanism 911 opening and closing the mouth are displayed. In such a case, it is characteristic in that the player can feel a sense of reality as if playing in roulette. Moreover, for example, if an image is projected in accordance with the opening / closing operation of the mouth of the target mechanism 9 11, it is possible to create a tasteful image in which the actual mechanism movement and the image projected on the part are synchronized. It is.
[0125] ここで、ルーレットの回転映像にあわせてターゲットメカ 911等を回転させるための 構造について説明する(図 32、図 33参照)。 [0125] Here, a structure for rotating the target mechanism 911 and the like in accordance with the rotation image of the roulette will be described (see FIGS. 32 and 33).
[0126] 本実施形態では、例えば鋼製の円基板 951を回転させることによってターゲットメカIn this embodiment, for example, a target mechanism is formed by rotating a steel circular substrate 951.
911等を回転させるようにしている(図 33参照)。図 32等に示すように、左右の支持 アーム 944の間にはベース板 950が固定されており、ベース板 950あるいはこのべ ース板 950上の支持板 950aには回転軸 952が取り付けられており、この回転軸 952 が上述の円基板 951を支持している。また、回転軸 952には同量回転する大プーリ 9 53が取り付けられている。この大プーリ 953に卷き掛けられた伝達ベルト 954は、円 板駆動モータ 955の駆動軸に取り付けられた小プーリ 956にも卷き掛けられている( 図 32、図 33参照)。したがって、円板駆動モータ 955を駆動させることにより、小プー リ 956→伝達ベルト 954→大プーリ 953→回転軸 952というように駆動力が伝達され 、円基板 951が回転する。 911 etc. are rotated (see Fig. 33). Left and right support as shown in Fig. 32 etc. A base plate 950 is fixed between the arms 944. A rotating shaft 952 is attached to the base plate 950 or the support plate 950a on the base plate 950, and the rotating shaft 952 is attached to the circular substrate described above. 951 is supported. A large pulley 953 that rotates the same amount is attached to the rotary shaft 952. The transmission belt 954 hung on the large pulley 953 is also hung on a small pulley 956 attached to the drive shaft of the disk drive motor 955 (see FIGS. 32 and 33). Therefore, by driving the disk drive motor 955, the driving force is transmitted in the order of small pulley 956 → transmission belt 954 → large pulley 953 → rotating shaft 952, and the circular substrate 951 rotates.
[0127] ベース板 950上には例えば 3個の球ベアリング 957が取り付けられている(図 33参 照)。これら球ベアリング 957は、円基板 951の裏面に回転しながら接触して当該円 基板 951を支えるように機能する。  [0127] For example, three ball bearings 957 are mounted on the base plate 950 (see Fig. 33). These ball bearings 957 function to rotate and contact the back surface of the circular substrate 951 to support the circular substrate 951.
[0128] 円基板 951には、ロック孔 958が周状かつ等間隔に設けられている(図 33参照)。  [0128] On the circular substrate 951, lock holes 958 are provided circumferentially and at equal intervals (see FIG. 33).
一方、ベース板 950には、一定距離をストローク可能であり、このロック孔 958に引つ 掛かって円基板 951をロックする係止片 959が設けられている。本実施形態の場合 には、例えば 6個のロック孔 958が 60度おきに設けられており、円基板 951を 60度お きに停止状態でロックすることができるようになつている(図 32、図 33参照)。係止片 9 59は、ベース板 950の裏面に設けられたソレノイド 960のプランジャの動きを利用し て、円基板 951の面に対し垂直な方向にストロークするように設けられている。  On the other hand, the base plate 950 is provided with a locking piece 959 that can be stroked at a certain distance and that locks the circular substrate 951 by being hooked on the lock hole 958. In the present embodiment, for example, six lock holes 958 are provided every 60 degrees so that the circular substrate 951 can be locked in a stopped state every 60 degrees (FIG. 32). Figure 33). The locking piece 959 is provided so as to stroke in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the circular substrate 951 using the movement of the plunger of the solenoid 960 provided on the back surface of the base plate 950.
[0129] また、円基板 951等の回転角を検出するためのセンサ等が、当該円基板 951やべ ース板 950に設けられている。例えば本実施形態の場合、円基板 951の裏面の外縁 近傍に 6個のセンサ片 961が配置されるとともに、ベース板 950にはこれらセンサ片 9 61を検出するためのセンサ 962, 963力 S設けられてレヽる(図 33、図 34参照)。ここで は、第 1のセンサ 962でセンサ片 961を検出したら円板駆動モータ 955の駆動力を 抑えて円基板 951の回転速度を減速させ、第 2のセンサ 963でセンサ片 961を検出 したらソレノイド 960に通電して係止片 959をストロークさせ、ロック孔 958に係止させ て円基板 951を停止させるようにしている。本実施形態の場合、センサ片 961はそれ ぞれロック孔 958に対応して配置されている(図 33参照)。  In addition, a sensor for detecting the rotation angle of the circular substrate 951 or the like is provided on the circular substrate 951 or the base plate 950. For example, in the present embodiment, six sensor pieces 961 are arranged near the outer edge of the back surface of the circular substrate 951, and sensors 962, 963 force S are provided on the base plate 950 for detecting these sensor pieces 961. (See Fig. 33 and Fig. 34). Here, if the sensor piece 961 is detected by the first sensor 962, the driving force of the disk drive motor 955 is suppressed to reduce the rotational speed of the circular substrate 951, and if the sensor piece 961 is detected by the second sensor 963, the solenoid 960 is energized, the locking piece 959 is stroked, and the circular board 951 is stopped by being locked in the lock hole 958. In the case of this embodiment, the sensor pieces 961 are arranged corresponding to the lock holes 958, respectively (see FIG. 33).
[0130] 円基板 951の周囲には例えば樹脂性の環状基板 964がこの円基板 951に対して 一体的に設けられている(図 31、図 33参照)。例えば本実施形態の場合、複数のタ ーゲットメ力 911をこの環状基板 964に形成しており、円基板 951を回転させることに よってこれらターゲットメカ 911を一体的に回転させるようにしている(図 31等参照)。 [0130] Around the circular substrate 951, for example, a resinous annular substrate 964 is attached to the circular substrate 951. They are provided integrally (see Fig. 31 and Fig. 33). For example, in the case of the present embodiment, a plurality of target force 911 is formed on this annular substrate 964, and these target mechanisms 911 are integrally rotated by rotating the circular substrate 951 (FIG. 31). Etc.).
[0131] 上述したように、ターゲットメカ 911のそれぞれにはメダル用のチヤッカ(入賞口)を 構成する開口部 912が設けられ、さらに各開口部 912には入賞口を開けたり閉めた りするための開閉機構 913が設けられている(図 31等参照)。また、投影ユニット 91 にはこれら開閉機構 913を開閉させるための開閉駆動装置 970がさらに設けられて いる。 [0131] As described above, each of the target mechanisms 911 is provided with an opening 912 that constitutes a medal chucker (award opening), and each opening 912 is used to open and close a winning opening. An opening / closing mechanism 913 is provided (see FIG. 31). The projection unit 91 is further provided with an opening / closing drive device 970 for opening / closing the opening / closing mechanism 913.
[0132] ここで、開閉駆動装置 970および開閉機構 913の具体的な構成は特に限定される ものではなく、例えば各ターゲットメカ 911の開閉機構 913に対応して同数の装置を 併設することも可能であるが、本実施形態ではベース板 950に単一の開閉駆動装置 970を設けておき、複数のターゲットメカ 911 (開閉装置 913)を当該開閉駆動装置 9 70によって一つずつ開閉させるようにしている。具体的には、上述したベース板 950 の下端部分に前後方向にストロークする押出し部材 971を設けておき、各ターゲット メカ 911の背面に設けられているレバー 965, 966をこの押出し部材 971によって揺 動させるようにしている(図 34〜図 36参照)。それぞれ支軸 965a, 966aを中心とし て回転可能なレバー 965, 966は、各々がターゲットメカ 911の上シャツタ 967、下シ ャッタ 968に連結されており、揺動することによって開口部 912の開いた状態と閉まつ た状態とを切り換える。レバー 965, 966のそれぞれには押出し部材 971が当接する ピン 965p, 966pが側方に突出した状態で一体的に形成されている(図 35等参照) 。さらに、レバー 965, 966にはそれぞれブラケット状のフック接卜け 965b, 966b力 S形 成されており、これらの間に張設される引張コイルばね 969が、上シャツタ 967および 下シャツタ 968を互いに閉じる方向に付勢する(図 36等参照)。  Here, the specific configurations of the opening / closing drive device 970 and the opening / closing mechanism 913 are not particularly limited. For example, the same number of devices can be provided in correspondence with the opening / closing mechanisms 913 of each target mechanism 911. However, in this embodiment, a single opening / closing drive device 970 is provided on the base plate 950, and a plurality of target mechanisms 911 (opening / closing devices 913) are opened and closed by the opening / closing drive device 970 one by one. Yes. Specifically, an extrusion member 971 that strokes in the front-rear direction is provided at the lower end portion of the base plate 950 described above, and the levers 965 and 966 provided on the back surface of each target mechanism 911 are swung by the extrusion member 971. (See Figure 34 to Figure 36). The levers 965 and 966 that can rotate around the support shafts 965a and 966a are respectively connected to the upper shirt 967 and the lower shutter 968 of the target mechanism 911, and the opening 912 is opened by swinging. Switch between state and closed state. Each of the levers 965 and 966 is integrally formed with pins 965p and 966p projecting to the side (see FIG. 35). Further, the levers 965 and 966 have bracket-like hook connections 965b and 966b, respectively, and a force S is formed, and a tension coil spring 969 stretched between them connects the upper shirt 967 and the lower shirt 968 to each other. Energize in the closing direction (see Fig. 36).
[0133] なお、各ターゲットメカ 911の背面に設けられている開閉機構 913と非駆動時の開 閉駆動装置 970との間にはスペースが形成されている(図 34参照)。したがって、円 基板 951、環状基板 964および各ターゲットメカ 911は開閉駆動装置 970と干渉する ことなく回転軸 952を中心に回転することができる。また、開閉駆動装置 970を駆動し た場合には、複数 (例えば 6個)のターゲットメカ 911のうち当該開閉駆動装置 970の 正面側に位置するものの開閉機構 913を動作させることができる(図 34等参照)。 It should be noted that a space is formed between the opening / closing mechanism 913 provided on the back surface of each target mechanism 911 and the opening / closing drive device 970 when not driven (see FIG. 34). Therefore, the circular substrate 951, the annular substrate 964, and each target mechanism 911 can rotate around the rotation shaft 952 without interfering with the opening / closing drive device 970. Further, when the opening / closing drive device 970 is driven, among the plurality of (for example, six) target mechanisms 911, the opening / closing drive device 970 The opening / closing mechanism 913 located on the front side can be operated (see FIG. 34, etc.).
[0134] ここで、本実施形態における開閉駆動装置 970についてより詳しく説明すると以下 のとおりである。すなわち、押出し部材 971は、例えばその上下に互いに平行な長孔 971a, 971bを備えており、当該長孔 971a, 971bを貫く 1本ないしは複数本のガイ ドビン 972に案内されて前後方向(円基板 951の面に対し垂直な方向)にストローク 可能となっている(図 35等参照)。また、押出し部材 971の例えば後方 (ターゲットメ 力 911から離れた部分)には、上下方向に延びる被駆動用の別の長孔 971cを備え ており、この長孔 971cにピン(図示省略)を入り込ませているカム部材 973と係合した 状態となっている(図 36参照)。また、このカム部材 973はチヤッカモータ 974の駆動 軸に連結された状態となっている。  Here, the opening / closing drive device 970 in the present embodiment will be described in more detail as follows. That is, the extruded member 971 has, for example, long holes 971a and 971b parallel to each other at the top and bottom thereof, and is guided by one or a plurality of guide bins 972 passing through the long holes 971a and 971b. Stroke is possible in a direction perpendicular to the 951 plane (see Fig. 35, etc.). Further, for example, behind the pushing member 971 (part away from the target force 911), another long hole 971c for driving extending in the vertical direction is provided, and a pin (not shown) is provided in the long hole 971c. The cam member 973 is engaged with the cam member 973 (see Fig. 36). The cam member 973 is connected to the drive shaft of the chucker motor 974.
[0135] 以上のような開閉駆動装置 970では、チヤッカモータ 974を駆動するとカム部材 97 3が回転し、この動きを受けて押出し部材 971が前方 (ターゲットメカ 911のある側)に 動き出す(図 35参照)。やがて、押出し部材 971はピン 965p, 966pに当接して書く レノく一 965, 966を揺動させ、上シャツタ 967、下シャツタ 968を開力せて開口咅 912 を開いた状態とする(図 36参照)。この状態からさらにカム部材 973が回転すると、押 出し咅 才 971は後方へと退避する。引張コィノレばね 969により、レノく一 965, 966を 介して閉じる方向に付勢されている上シャツタ 967および下シャツタ 968は、押出し部 材 971が後方へ退避するにつれて徐々に閉じた状態に戻る。例えば本実施形態の 開閉駆動装置 970の場合には、カム部材 973がー回転すると押出し部材 971がこれ に従動して前後方向に 1往復するようになっている。  In the opening / closing drive device 970 as described above, when the chucker motor 974 is driven, the cam member 973 rotates, and the pushing member 971 moves forward (the side where the target mechanism 911 is located) in response to this movement (see FIG. 35). ). Eventually, the extruded member 971 is in contact with the pins 965p and 966p, and reno-ku 1 965 and 966 are swung to open the upper shirt 967 and the lower shirt 968 so that the opening 912 is opened (FIG. 36). reference). When the cam member 973 further rotates from this state, the push-out lever 971 retreats backward. The upper shirter 967 and the lower shirter 968 urged by the tension coin spring 969 in the closing direction via the reno 1 965 and 966 gradually return to the closed state as the extruded member 971 retracts backward. For example, in the case of the opening / closing drive device 970 of this embodiment, when the cam member 973 rotates, the push-out member 971 is driven to reciprocate in the front-rear direction.
[0136] なお、上述のごとき構成の開閉駆動装置 970においては、ストローク運動をする押 出し部材 971の位置を判定するための機構を別途設けておくことも好ましい。例えば 本実施形態では、当該押出し部材 971の上部に突起(図示省略)を設け、当該突起 を検出する位置検出センサ 977を利用してこの押出し部材 971の位置を判定するこ ととしている(図 34参照)。  [0136] In the opening / closing drive device 970 having the above-described configuration, it is also preferable to provide a mechanism for determining the position of the pushing member 971 that performs the stroke motion. For example, in the present embodiment, a protrusion (not shown) is provided on the push member 971, and the position of the push member 971 is determined using a position detection sensor 977 that detects the protrusion (FIG. 34). reference).
[0137] また、上述のように上シャツタ 967および下シャツタ 968が開いた状態のとき、当該 ターゲットメカ 911を標的としてメダル Mを打ち込むことが可能となる。例えば本実施 形態の場合、当該ターゲットメカ 911の真後となる部分にメダル受け 975およびこれ に連なるセンサボックス 976を設けてあり、該センサボックス 976を通過するメダル M を図示しないセンサで検出することとしている(図 34参照)。また、センサボックス 976 等で形成されるメダル Mの移動経路の後端部は開口端 976aとなっており、ターゲッ トメ力 911に打ち込まれたメダル Mを落下させて回収できるようになつている。例えば 本実施形態の場合、センサボックス 976にて検出したメダル Mを即座に落下させて 回収しうる構造となっている。 Further, when the upper shirt 967 and the lower shirt 968 are opened as described above, the medal M can be driven with the target mechanism 911 as a target. For example, in the case of the present embodiment, the medal holder 975 and the medals are placed in the part immediately behind the target mechanism 911. A sensor box 976 is provided, and the medal M passing through the sensor box 976 is detected by a sensor (not shown) (see FIG. 34). Further, the rear end portion of the movement path of the medal M formed by the sensor box 976 or the like is an open end 976a so that the medal M driven into the target force 911 can be dropped and collected. For example, in the case of the present embodiment, the medal M detected by the sensor box 976 is immediately dropped and collected.
[0138] ここで、メダル Mがどのような状態(速度、傾きなど)で通過しょうとも確実に検出する という観点からすれば、例えば発光素子および受光素子からなるセンサ 2組をそれぞ れ上下方向と横方向に配置するなどしておくことが好ましい。また、ターゲットメカ 91 1の開いた入賞口に打ち込まれたメダル Mをセンサボックス 976まで確実に導くという 観点からすれば、メダル受け 975を漏斗のような先細り形状とすることも好ましい(図 3 4参照)。 [0138] Here, from the viewpoint of reliably detecting the medal M in any state (speed, inclination, etc.), for example, two sets of sensors each composed of a light emitting element and a light receiving element are arranged in the vertical direction. It is preferable to arrange them horizontally. Also, from the viewpoint of reliably guiding the medal M that has been driven into the open winning opening of the target mechanism 91 1 to the sensor box 976, it is also preferable that the medal receiver 975 has a tapered shape like a funnel (FIG. 34). reference).
[0139] なお、本実施形態の投影ユニット 91のベース板 950には、さらに照明用の LED97 8が設けられている。これら LED978は例えばターゲットメカ 911の背後に複数配置 されており、当該ターゲットメカ 911の一部(例えば透光性材料からなる部材)を背後 力 照らすことによって正面からは光って見えるような演出をする。例えば、ターゲット メカ 911の開いた開口部 911にメダル Mが打ち込まれた場合に LED 978を光らせる こととすれば、当該メダル Mが入賞したことをプレーヤにより分力りやすく示すことが できる。  Note that the base plate 950 of the projection unit 91 of the present embodiment is further provided with an LED 978 for illumination. For example, a plurality of these LEDs 978 are arranged behind the target mechanism 911, and a portion of the target mechanism 911 (for example, a member made of a translucent material) is illuminated behind to produce an effect that makes it appear to shine from the front. . For example, if the LED 978 is lit when the medal M is driven into the opening 911 of the target mechanism 911, the player can easily indicate that the medal M has won a prize.
[0140] また、投影ユニット 91の背面には例えばゴム製の弾力のあるストッパ 979が設けら れている(図 32等参照)。このストッパ 979は、昇降機構 94によって昇降可能な投影 ユニット 91が前方へせり出しながら降下してプレーヤの目前に現れる際、回転センタ ユニット 6 (あるいはジャックポット部 4)に当接して衝撃を緩和し、さらに投影ユニット 9 1の重量を分散させるように機能する。  [0140] Further, on the rear surface of the projection unit 91, for example, a rubber elastic stopper 979 is provided (see FIG. 32, etc.). When the projection unit 91 that can be moved up and down by the lifting mechanism 94 is lowered and appears in front of the player, the stopper 979 comes into contact with the rotation center unit 6 (or jackpot part 4) to reduce the impact, Furthermore, it functions to distribute the weight of the projection unit 91.
[0141] ここで、ルーレットの回転映像の一例を示して映像について説明する(図 39参照)。 [0141] Here, the image will be described with reference to an example of the roulette rotation image (see Fig. 39).
[0142] ここでは、プロジェクタ装置 92および反射板 93を利用し、投影ユニット 91の表面に ラーファと呼ばれるような映像化されたキャラクタを映し出す。ラーファの映像は、等 間隔に配置された例えば 6個のターゲットメカ 911の中心に位置するように映し出さ れている(図 39参照)。この場合、当該ラーファの周囲に、各ターゲットメカ 911とのつ ながりを表すアーム(図中、符号 Aで示す)と呼ばれる映像を併せて映し出すことも好 ましい。当該アーム Aは、あるターゲットメカ 911にメダル Mを打ち込むことにより、当 該ターゲットメカ 911を倒したという演出効果を、当該アーム Aが爆発して消えるという 演出をカ卩えることによってさらに高めるものである。また、ラーファ映像の周囲には、 種々の数値を含むルーレット状の映像も併せて映し出されている。メダル Mの打ち込 み箇所にこのルーレット映像を連動させることにより、あた力、も実際にルーレットを楽し んでいるかのような間隔をプレーヤに享受させることが可能である。さらには、開閉動 作をするターゲットメカ(本実施形態の場合、最も下側に位置するターゲットメカ) 911 の動きに合わせた映像を映し出すことも好ましい。 Here, projector apparatus 92 and reflector 93 are used to project an imaged character called Rapha on the surface of projection unit 91. Raffa's image is projected so that it is positioned at the center of, for example, six target mechanisms 911 arranged at equal intervals. (See Figure 39). In this case, it is also preferable to display an image called an arm (indicated by symbol A in the figure) representing the connection with each target mechanism 911 around the Rapha. This arm A is designed to further enhance the effect of defeating the target mechanism 911 by driving a medal M into a target mechanism 911 by capturing the effect that the arm A explodes and disappears. is there. A roulette image containing various numerical values is also displayed around the Rapha image. By linking the roulette image to the place where the medal M is placed, it is possible to allow the player to enjoy the power and the interval as if the roulette is actually being enjoyed. Furthermore, it is also preferable to display an image that matches the movement of the target mechanism 911 that opens and closes (in this embodiment, the lowermost target mechanism) 911.
[0143] (動作の説明)  [0143] (Description of operation)
以下、本実施形態におけるメダルゲーム装置の動作を説明する。まず、全体的なゲ ームの流れを説明する。  Hereinafter, the operation of the medal game device in the present embodiment will be described. First, the overall game flow is explained.
[0144] 〈全体的な流れ〉  [0144] <Overall flow>
本実施形態のゲームは、通常のプッシャゲームに加え、表示部 20に表示された主 人公が様々な場面に遭遇しながらゲームが進行する一種のロールプレイングゲーム (RPG)を主体とするものである。この RPGは、主人公が複数のゲームゾーンを進み ながら、敵キャラクタを退治したり所定のゲームアイテムを集めたりして、その結果に 応じたメダル Mの払い出しや、更に多量のメダルを獲得できるジャックポットゃプログ レツシブを採用したスーパージャックポットチャンスの獲得を目指すといった多様な内 容を含んでおり、主としてスロット抽選とその抽選結果等に応じて用意されている射撃 ゲーム等を織り交ぜながら進行するものである。以下、具体例について詳細に説明 する。  In addition to the normal pusher game, the game of this embodiment is mainly a kind of role-playing game (RPG) in which the main character displayed on the display unit 20 encounters various scenes and progresses. is there. This RPG is a jackpot in which the hero proceeds through multiple game zones, exterminates enemy characters, collects predetermined game items, pays out medals M according to the results, and earns more medals. It includes various contents such as aiming to acquire a super jackpot chance that adopts progressive, and it progresses mainly by interweaving shooting games etc. prepared according to slot lottery and the lottery result etc. is there. Specific examples will be described in detail below.
[0145] [通常ゲーム]  [0145] [Regular game]
プレーヤが、各サテライト部 2のメダル投入部 12ヘメダル Mを投入してゲームプレイ を開始すると、通常ゲームが開始される。メダル Mが投入される前の表示部 20には、 ゲームのタイトル画面、デモ画面、スクリーンセィバー画面等が表示されており、メダ ル Mの投入により、メダル投入音とともに、ゲーム待機画面が表示部 20に表示される 。また、一定数のメダル Mの投入によりプログレッシブ値(後述するスーパージャック ポットゲームで払い出し可能なメダル量)が所定量増大される。なお、現在のプログレ ッシブ値は表示部 20上に数値として表示されるとともに、回転センタユニットの上部 に実メダルとして蓄積される。 When the player inserts the medal M into the medal insertion unit 12 of each satellite unit 2 and starts the game play, the normal game is started. The game title screen, demo screen, screen saver screen, etc. are displayed on the display 20 before the medal M is inserted. When the medal M is inserted, a game standby screen is displayed together with the medal insertion sound. Displayed in part 20 . In addition, when a predetermined number of medals M are inserted, the progressive value (the amount of medals that can be paid out in a super jackpot game described later) is increased by a predetermined amount. The current progressive value is displayed as a numerical value on the display unit 20 and is accumulated as a real medal at the top of the rotation center unit.
[0146] この通常ゲームは、いわゆるメダルプッシャゲームであり、メダル投入部 12から投入 されたメダノレ Mは、ガイド平板 39上を伝ってチヤッカ 35に向かって移動する。チヤッ 力 35は、詳しくは、円盤状の底部の周縁に所定間隔で立設された櫛歯状をなす複 数の仕切りを有しており、底部の中心軸を中心に所定角度の範囲で往復回動してい る。メダル Mがその仕切りに邪魔されず、仕切り間のスリットを通過すると、後述するス ロット抽選が開始される。  This normal game is a so-called medal pusher game, and the medanol M inserted from the medal insertion unit 12 moves along the guide flat plate 39 toward the chicker 35. Specifically, the chucking force 35 has a plurality of comb-like partitions erected at predetermined intervals on the periphery of the disk-shaped bottom, and reciprocates within a predetermined angle range around the central axis of the bottom. It is rotating. When the medal M is not obstructed by the partitions and passes through the slits between the partitions, the slot lottery described later is started.
[0147] 一方、メダル Mがチヤッカ 35のスリットを通過できず、仕切りに阻まれると、そのメダ ル Mは、メダル台 37上に落下して保持される。メダル台 37上にメダル Mが蓄積してく ると、やがて、そのメダル Mと前後動するプッシャ台 36の下端部前壁とが干渉し、一 部のメダル M力 Sメダル台 37の前方(プレーヤ側)へ押し出され、メダル回収部 38内へ 落下 '回収される。回収されたメダル Mはプレーヤへ払い出される。この通常ゲーム は、各サテライト部 2でゲームの全体を通して所定の場合を除いて常に実行される。  On the other hand, when the medal M cannot pass through the slit of the chucker 35 and is blocked by the partition, the medal M falls on the medal table 37 and is held. When the medal M accumulates on the medal stand 37, the medal M eventually interferes with the front wall of the lower end of the pusher stand 36 that moves back and forth, and the front of the medal M force S medal stand 37 (player) ) And fall into the medal recovery unit 38. The collected medals M are paid out to the player. This normal game is always executed in each satellite unit 2 except for a predetermined case throughout the game.
[0148] [ロールプレイングゲーム]  [0148] [Role playing game]
上述の如ぐここでのロールプレイングゲームは、主人公が複数のゲームゾーンを 進みながら展開されるものであり、例えば、魔法玉と呼ばれるアイテムを集めたり、モ ンスターとの戦レ、(モンスターバトル)に挑戦したり、サテライト部 2内で射撃ゲームを 行ったりする複数のバトルゾーンと、特別なモンスターとのモンスターバトルを行うェ キストラゾーンと、いわゆるジャックポット及び獲得メダル数がより多くなるスーパージャ ックポットチャンスで射撃ゲームを行うファイナルゾーンでのゲーム力 構成されてい る。ロールプレイングゲームは、メダル Mがチヤッカ 35に入賞することにより開始され 、タマゴ成長イベントとともに、スロット抽選の結果による分岐処理を伴う種々のゲーム 力 構成されている。  The role-playing game here is developed as the main character progresses through multiple game zones, for example, collecting items called magic balls, fighting against monsters, (monster battles) Multiple battle zones where you can challenge or shoot in the satellite part 2, an exotic zone where you perform monster battles with special monsters, and so-called jackpots and super jacks with more medals It consists of a game power in the final zone where a shooting game is played with a pot chance. The role-playing game is started when the medal M wins the chilla 35, and is composed of various game powers with an egg growth event and branching processing according to the result of the slot lottery.
[0149] (タマゴ成長イベント)  [0149] (Egg Egg Growth Event)
タマゴ成長イベントでは、メダル Mがチヤッカ 35に入賞することにより、チヤッカ 35を 一瞬発光させるとともに、メダル Mがチヤッカ 35に入賞する度に、表示部 20の画面に おいて、「保留玉」と呼ばれる円形状の表示が 1つずつ増えていくような表示を行う。 保留玉は例えば 10個まで表示される。 At the egg growth event, the medal M won the prize for the prize, In addition to flashing for a moment, each time the medal M wins the CHILLER 35, the display unit 20 displays a circular display called “holding ball” that increases by one. For example, up to 10 hold balls are displayed.
[0150] 表示部 20の画面における保留玉の上部には、ドラゴンのタマゴの画像を表示し、 保留玉が 10個表示された状態で、メダル Mがさらにチヤッカ 35に入賞するとタマゴ の成長値を 1つ増加させるとともに、画面上のタマゴを少し大きく表示し、その成長値 の増大に伴ってタマゴが徐々にひび割れていく画像を表示する。このタマゴの成長 値が 10になると、タマゴが割れてドラゴンが羽化する様子の画像を表示部 20に表示 する。そのようなドラゴンは、複数の種類用意されており、ドラゴンの種別によって表 示部 20の画面上で異なる技を披露させる。  [0150] The image of the dragon egg is displayed on the upper part of the hold ball on the screen of the display unit 20. With 10 hold balls displayed, if the medal M further wins the chilla 35, the growth value of the egg is displayed. In addition to increasing one, the egg on the screen is displayed slightly larger, and an image is displayed in which the egg gradually cracks as the growth value increases. When the growth value of the egg reaches 10, an image of the egg breaking and the dragon emerging is displayed on the display unit 20. There are several types of such dragons, and different techniques are shown on the screen of the display unit 20 depending on the type of dragon.
[0151] 例えば、ドラゴンは表示色によって「キドラ」、「ァカドラ」、「チヤドラ」、「ァォドラ」のよ うに命名されており、キドラであればアイテムとして所定数 (例えば 5〜: 10個)のコイン を口から吐き出して落とすとともに、実際に、そのコインと同数のメダル Mを払い出す 。なお、「アイテムを落とす」とは、アイテムの画像を表示部 20の画面上に表示するこ とを示す(以下同様)。また、ァカドラであれば、表示部 20の画面上で主人公の背後 に控え、後述するモンスターバトルで現れるモンスターを一撃で倒す。一方、チヤドラ であれば、表示部 20の画面上に所定のアイテムとしてリーチアイテムと呼ばれるもの を 1つ落とす。これにより、各アイテムを使用する特別な演出のリーチ状態となる。他 方、ァォドラであれば、「魔法玉」と呼ばれるアイテムを所定数落とす。その後、これら の羽化したドラゴンは、表示部 20の画面上から消え去り、画面外へ消えると同時に新 しいドラゴンのタマゴが上方から降ってくる画像を表示部 20に表示する。  [0151] For example, dragons are named "Kidra", "Akadora", "Chidora", "Adora", etc. depending on the display color. A coin is spit out from the mouth and dropped, and in fact, the same number of medals M are paid out. Note that “drop the item” indicates that the image of the item is displayed on the screen of the display unit 20 (the same applies hereinafter). In addition, if it is Akadora, it stands behind the main character on the screen of the display unit 20, and defeats the monster that appears in the monster battle described later with one blow. On the other hand, if it is a chadra, a single item called a reach item is dropped on the screen of the display unit 20 as a predetermined item. Thereby, it will be in the reach state of the special production which uses each item. On the other hand, if it is a quadrature, a predetermined number of items called “magic balls” are dropped. After that, these emerged dragons disappear from the screen of the display unit 20 and disappear from the screen, and at the same time, a new dragon egg is displayed on the display unit 20.
[0152] なお、タマゴ成長イベントにおける保留玉の増大処理は、後記のスロット抽選が行 われている間にメダル Mがチヤッカ 35に入賞したときに行レ、、スロット抽選が 1回行わ れると保留玉が 1つ減るように制御する。  [0152] It should be noted that the processing for increasing the number of reserved balls in the egg growth event will be suspended if the medal M wins the Chiaka 35 while the slot lottery described later is performed, and if the slot lottery is performed once. Control the ball to decrease by one.
[0153] (スロット抽選)  [0153] (Slot lottery)
また、チヤッカ 35にメダル Mが入賞すると、スロット抽選を開始する。スロット抽選は 、表示部 20の画面上に表示された 3列の仮想リールと各仮想リールに設定された数 字又はマーク等の絵柄を用いて行われ、通常のスロットマシーンのリール回転による 抽選と同様にこれら 3つの絵柄の配列によって、メダル Mの払い出しの有無、メダル Mの払い出し枚数、各バトルゾーン内での各種ゲームの切り替え、バトルゾーン間の 切り替え、エキストラゾーンへの移行、ファイナルゾーンでの射撃ゲームの種類、等を 決定する。以下、前提条件として、仮想リールに、:!〜 7及び 9の各数字、金貨マーク 、宝箱マーク、エキストラゾーンマーク、及び 2種類の特別マークを絵柄として設定し た場合の例を用レ、、各種ゲーム内容について説明する。 In addition, when the medal M wins the CHIAKKA 35, the slot lottery starts. The slot lottery is performed using three rows of virtual reels displayed on the screen of the display unit 20 and a picture such as a number or a mark set on each virtual reel, and by reel rotation of a normal slot machine. As with the lottery, the arrangement of these three patterns allows medal M to be paid out, the number of medals M to be paid out, various games within each battle zone, switching between battle zones, transition to an extra zone, final zone Determine the type of shooting game, etc. Hereafter, as a precondition, for example, when each number of! ~ 7 and 9, gold coin mark, treasure box mark, extra zone mark, and two kinds of special marks are set as a pattern on the virtual reel, Various game contents will be described.
[0154] 〈小当たりイベント〉  [0154] <Small event>
3つの仮想リールに少なくとも 1つの金貨マークが出ると、小当たりイベントが開始さ れ、表示部 20の画面上の主人公が金貨を拾いに行く画像を表示するとともに、それ まで表示されていた背景表示をスクロールして別の背景表示を出現させる(つまり背 景を前進させる)。また、 3つの仮想リールに揃った金貨マークの数(1, 2, 3つのい ずれか)に応じて、所定数のメダル Mを払い出すようにしてもよい。なお、この小当た りイベントでは、金貨マークが 2つ揃っても、金貨マークが出なかった仮想リールを再 度回転させる動作(レ、わゆるリーチアクション)は行わなレ、。  When at least one gold coin mark appears on the three virtual reels, a small hitting event is started, displaying an image of the main character on the screen of the display unit 20 picking up the gold coin, and the background display that was displayed so far Scroll to another background display (ie move the background forward). Further, a predetermined number of medals M may be paid out according to the number of gold coin marks arranged on the three virtual reels (either 1, 2 or 3). In this small hit event, even if two gold coin marks are aligned, the virtual reel that did not have the gold coin mark is not rotated again (Le, Reach Action).
[0155] また、背景の前進表示とともに、金貨マークが出た場合には、表示部 20の画面に、  [0155] In addition, when a gold coin mark appears with the background forward display, the screen of the display unit 20
(1)「魔法玉が落ちている」画像、(2)「ワルドラが出現する」画像、及び、(3)「モンス ターが出現する」画像のいずれかを表示する。このとき、金貨マークの数に応じて、魔 法玉とモンスターの出現率が異なるようにされている。  Display either (1) “magic ball is falling” image, (2) “Waldra appears” image, or (3) “Monster appears” image. At this time, the appearance rate of magic balls and monsters varies according to the number of gold coin marks.
[0156] そして、(1)魔法玉が落ちている場合、主人公がその魔法玉を拾う様子を表示し、 これにより魔法玉ゲージを 1つ増大(1UP)させる。この魔法玉ゲージが 1UPすると( 主人公が魔法玉を獲得すると)、サテライト部 2で囲まれた中央で回転しているギミツ クが配されたターンテーブルユニット 500が自分のサテライト部 2に近づいたとき、メダ ル発射装置 8の発射ボタン 842が点滅を開始し、さらに、ターンテーブルユニット 500 上のギミック力 そのサテライト部 2のメダル発射エリアに入ると、メダル発射装置 8の モータを作動させ、メダル発射装置 8からメダル Mを発射可能な状態にする。このとき 、発射ボタン 842を押すと、ターンテーブルユニット 500に設置された衛兵人形など の小ターゲット 42に向かってメダル Mが発射される。このようにして発射ボタン 842で メダル Mを発射した場合、主人公が持っている魔法玉を 1つ減少(1DOWN)させる [0157] メダル Mが小ターゲット 42に当たり、その勢いで小ターゲット 42を倒した場合、小タ 一ゲット 42の下方に設置されたライトを点滅させるとともに、表示部 20の画面にアイ テム (所定数のコイン、所定数の魔法玉、リーチアイテム、鏡の破片等からランダムに 選択されたもの)を落とす。それから、ターンテーブルユニット 500上のギミックが自分 のサテライト部 2を通過してそのメダル発射エリアから外れたとき、主人公が所有する 魔法玉が 0個になったとき、又は、小ターゲット 42が全て倒れたときには、発射ボタン 842を消灯し、メダル発射装置 8のモータを停止させる。 [0156] And (1) If a magic ball is dropped, the main character displays the state of picking up the magic ball, and this increases the magic ball gauge by one (1UP). When this magic ball gauge is increased by 1 (when the protagonist acquires a magic ball), when the turntable unit 500 with the rotating gimmick in the center surrounded by the satellite part 2 approaches its own satellite part 2. The launch button 842 of the medal launcher 8 starts to flash, and when the gimmick force on the turntable unit 500 enters the medal launch area of the satellite part 2, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is operated to launch the medal. Makes medal M ready to fire from device 8. At this time, when the fire button 842 is pressed, the medal M is fired toward the small target 42 such as a guard doll installed in the turntable unit 500. In this way, when the medal M is fired with the fire button 842, the magic ball possessed by the hero is reduced by 1 (1DOWN) [0157] When the medal M hits the small target 42 and defeats the small target 42 with such momentum, the light installed below the small target 42 blinks and the item (predetermined number) is displayed on the screen of the display unit 20. Random coins, a predetermined number of magic balls, reach items, mirror pieces, etc.). Then, when a gimmick on the turntable unit 500 passes through its own satellite part 2 and falls out of its medal launch area, when the main character has zero magic balls, or all of the small targets 42 fall down. When the shoot button 842 is turned off, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is stopped.
[0158] また、 (2)ワルドラが出現すると、移動ターゲット 41をメダル Mで射撃する射撃グー ムを開始する。この射撃ゲームは、所定時間 (例えば 10秒間)、所定の発射間隔 (例 えば、 0. 2〜0. 5秒毎)でメダル発射装置 8から移動ターゲット 41へ向かってメダル Mを発射し、移動ターゲット 41の口の中にメダル Mを打ち込む(入射させる)ゲーム である。  [0158] (2) When a Waldra appears, a shooting game for shooting the moving target 41 with the medal M is started. In this shooting game, the medal M is fired from the medal launcher 8 toward the moving target 41 at a predetermined firing interval (for example, every 0.2 to 0.5 seconds) and moved. In this game, the medal M is shot (incident) into the mouth of the target 41.
[0159] 移動ターゲット 41は、例えば、予告動作として羽をバタつかせかつ目が光るようにさ れており、そのサテライト部 2でプッシャ部 3を停止するとともに、射撃ゲームの実施が 確定すると表示部 20に射撃ゲームの説明画面が表示され、その説明が終わると、表 示部 20を下方へ移動させる。移動ターゲット 41は、表示部 20の上方中央の位置で 一旦待機してから、メダル発射装置 8の発射ボタン 842が点灯すると、プレーヤに向 力 て左右方向に羽ばたきながら移動する。このとき、移動ターゲット 41の動作パタ ーンとして異なる複数の動作パターンを用意しておき、各動作パターンがランダムに 選択されるように制御する。例えば、一例として、移動ターゲット 41が上下動しながら 波のように左右方向に移動する動作パターンが挙げられる。なお、このように移動さ せても、表示部 20が下方に移動しているので、移動ターゲット 41と表示部 20とが干 渉することはない。  [0159] The moving target 41, for example, is configured to flutter its wings and make its eyes shine as a warning action, and when the satellite part 2 stops the pusher part 3 and the execution of the shooting game is confirmed, it is displayed. When the explanation screen of the shooting game is displayed on the part 20, and the explanation is finished, the display part 20 is moved downward. The moving target 41 once stands by at the upper center position of the display unit 20 and then moves while flapping in the left-right direction toward the player when the firing button 842 of the medal launching device 8 is lit. At this time, a plurality of different operation patterns are prepared as operation patterns of the moving target 41, and control is performed so that each operation pattern is selected at random. For example, there is an operation pattern in which the moving target 41 moves in the left-right direction like a wave while moving up and down. Even if it is moved in this manner, the display unit 20 is moving downward, so that the moving target 41 and the display unit 20 do not interfere with each other.
[0160] それから、メダル発射装置 8から発射されたメダル Mが移動ターゲット 41の口の中 に入射してチヤッカ入賞すると、移動ターゲット 41の目の光を点滅させながら通常の 羽ばたきよりも羽を速くバタつかせ (痛がるイメージ)、表示部 20の画面にアイテム(所 定数のコイン、所定数の魔法玉、リーチアイテム、鏡の破片等からランダムに選択さ れたもの)を落とす。制限時間が経過すると、メダル発射装置 8からのメダル発射を停 止し、移動ターゲット 41をゆっくり羽ばたきながら元の定位置に帰還させる。そして、 移動ターゲット 41の羽ばたきを停止し、かつ、 目の光を消灯した後、表示部 20を上 方に移動させて元に位置に復帰し、射撃ゲームを終了する。 [0160] Then, when the medal M fired from the medal launcher 8 enters the mouth of the moving target 41 and wins a prize, the feather of the moving target 41 blinks light faster than normal flapping while blinking the light of the eyes. Fluttering (painful image), display unit 20 screen randomly selected from a certain number of coins, a predetermined number of magic balls, reach items, mirror fragments, etc. ). When the time limit has elapsed, the medal launching from the medal launching device 8 is stopped, and the moving target 41 is returned to the original fixed position while flapping slowly. Then, after the flapping of the moving target 41 is stopped and the light of the eyes is turned off, the display unit 20 is moved upward to return to the original position, and the shooting game is ended.
[0161] 一方、表示部 20に(3)モンスターが出現すると、モンスターバトルを開始する。この モンスターノ トルでは、数字等の絵柄のスロットとは異なるノ トルスロットと呼ばれる別 のスロットを表示部 20に表示し、そのノ讣ルスロットの配列結果によって、モンスター を倒したか否力、を決する。その結果、モンスターを倒すことができた場合には、所定 数のメダル Mを払い出す。  [0161] On the other hand, when a (3) monster appears on the display unit 20, a monster battle starts. In this monster notebook, another slot called a slot that is different from a slot with a pattern such as a number is displayed on the display unit 20, and the power of whether the monster has been defeated is determined based on the arrangement result of the nozzle slot. . As a result, if the monster can be defeated, a predetermined number of medals M are paid out.
[0162] 〈大当たりイベント〉  [0162] <Big hit event>
3つの仮想リールに所定の同じ数字が揃うと、大当たりイベントとなり、前述の小当 たりイベントモードよりも多量(例えば 20〜50枚で数字によって 5枚きざみで異なるよ うにしてもよレ、)のメダル Mを払い出す。また、大当たりイベントでは、バトルゾーンをラ ンダムに変更し、以降、異なるバトルゾーンで前述の及び後述の各種ゲームを行う。 なお、この大当たりイベントでは、同じ数字が 2つ揃った場合、同じ数字が出なかった 仮想リールを再度回転させる動作(レ、わゆるリーチアクション)を行う。  If the same number is set on the three virtual reels, it will be a big hit event, which is larger than the above-mentioned hitting event mode (for example, 20 to 50 sheets may be different in increments of 5) Pay medal M. Also, in the jackpot event, the battle zone is changed to random, and thereafter, the various games described above and below are performed in different battle zones. In this jackpot event, if two of the same numbers are collected, the virtual reel that did not have the same number will be rotated again (letter, so-called reach action).
[0163] さらに、大当たりイベントでは、揃った数字に応じて「ノーマル当たり」と「確率変動( 確変)当たり」という 2種類のモードが用意されている。ここで、チヤッカ 35の仕切部は 、開放されていて実質的に仕切りが設けられていない無仕切部、狭い間隔で仕切り が設けられた第 1仕切部、及び、広い間隔で仕切りが設けられた第 2仕切部を有して いる。そして、ノーマル当たりの場合には、チヤッカ 35を一定角度回動させ、チヤッカ 35の仕切部を、仕切り間の幅 (スリット幅)の狭い第 1仕切部に設定変更する一方、 確変当たりの場合には、仕切り間の幅 (スリット幅)の広い第 2仕切部に設定変更し、 その状態で、プレーヤはメダル投入部 12からメダル Mの投入を行ってゲームを継続 する。  [0163] In addition, in the jackpot event, there are two types of modes: "per normal" and "per probability variation (probability variation)" depending on the numbers that have been prepared. Here, the partitioning portion of the cigarette 35 is an undivided portion that is open and substantially not provided with a partition, a first partitioning portion that is provided with a partition at a narrow interval, and a partition that is provided at a wide interval. Has a second partition. In the case of normal hit, the chucker 35 is rotated by a certain angle, and the partitioning portion of the chucker 35 is changed to the first partitioning portion having a narrow width (slit width) between the partitions, while in the case of positive hitting. Changes the setting to the second partition with a wider width between the partitions (slit width), and in this state, the player inserts the medal M from the medal insertion unit 12 and continues the game.
[0164] 〈チャンスゲームイベント〉  [0164] <Chance game event>
3つの仮想リールに特定の数字 (例えば、 3か 7)が揃うと、表示部 20に表示された バトルゾーン及び背景画面を変えることなぐ「チャンスゲーム」を実行する。このチヤ ンスゲームでは、チヤッカ 35を一定角度回動させ、チヤッカ 35の仕切部を無仕切部 に設定変更する。これにより、メダル投入部 12から投入されたメダル Mは、その殆ど 全てがチヤッカ 35へ連続入賞することとなる。この開放状態を所定時間(例えば 10 秒間) 1セットとし、 3セット繰り返すとともに、チヤッカ 35に入った枚数の所定数倍のメ ダル Mを払い出す。そして、 3セット終了した後、スロットの再抽選を例えば 10回行う 。ここで、 3つの仮想リールに特定の数字が再度揃うと連荘となり、再度チャンスグー ムを行う。 When specific numbers (for example, 3 or 7) are arranged on three virtual reels, a “chance game” is executed without changing the battle zone and the background screen displayed on the display unit 20. This chi In the maintenance game, the chucker 35 is rotated by a certain angle, and the partitioning part of the chucker 35 is changed to a non-partitioning part. As a result, almost all of the medals M inserted from the medal insertion unit 12 will be continuously awarded to the CHILLACA 35. This open state is set as one set for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), and 3 sets are repeated. Then, after completing 3 sets, the slot is redrawn 10 times, for example. Here, when a specific number of three virtual reels is aligned again, it becomes a villa and a chance goo is performed again.
[0165] 〈宝箱イベント〉  [0165] <Treasure chest event>
3つの仮想リールに宝箱の絵柄が揃うと、表示部 20に表示されたバトルゾーン及び 背景画面を変えることなぐ「宝箱イベント」を実行する。ここでは、表示部 20の画面 において、主人公が走り出し、その前方に大きな宝箱の画像を表示する。主人公が 宝箱にたどり着くとその宝箱が開き、アイテムとメダル Mを大量に吐き出す画像を表 示する。メダル Mの量は、例えば 20〜50枚で宝箱によって 5枚きざみで異なるように してもよい。  When treasure chests are arranged on three virtual reels, a “treasure chest event” is executed in which the battle zone and background screen displayed on the display unit 20 are not changed. Here, on the screen of the display unit 20, the hero starts running and displays a large treasure chest image in front of it. When the main character reaches the treasure chest, the treasure chest opens and displays an image that spits a large amount of items and medals M. For example, the amount of medals M may vary from 5 to 50 in increments of 5 depending on the treasure box.
[0166] 〈特別モンスターイベント〉  [0166] <Special Monster Event>
3つの仮想リールにエキストラゾーンマークの絵柄が揃うと、所定数(例えば 20〜50 枚)のメダル Mを払い出すとともに、表示部 20の画面を切り替えて、エキストラゲーム ゾーンでの処理が行われる。エキストラゲームゾーンでは、ノ仆ルゾーンで登場する モンスターの特別な種類としての特別モンスターを、表示部 20の画面上に出現させ る。特別モンスターが出現すると、上述した小当たりイベントでのモンスターバトルと 同様にバトルスロットを用い、その配列結果によって、特別モンスターを倒したか否か を決する。その結果、特別モンスターを倒すことができた場合には、小当たりイベント でモンスターを倒したときよりも多くの所定数(例えば、後述するジャックポットチャンス で成功したときと同等の枚数)のメダル Mを払い出す。  When the images of the extra zone mark are aligned on the three virtual reels, a predetermined number (for example, 20 to 50) of medals M are paid out, and the screen of the display unit 20 is switched to perform processing in the extra game zone. In the extra game zone, special monsters appearing on the screen of the display unit 20 are displayed as special types of monsters appearing in the knowledge zone. When a special monster appears, the battle slot is used in the same manner as the monster battle in the small hit event described above, and it is determined whether or not the special monster is defeated according to the arrangement result. As a result, if you can defeat a special monster, you will receive a larger number of medals M than when you defeated a monster in a small hit event (for example, the same number as when you succeeded in a jackpot chance described later). Pay out.
[0167] 〈ジャックポットチャンス〉  [0167] <Jackpot Chance>
各バトルゾーンのゲームで鏡の破片を所定数 (例えば 3つ)集めて「鏡」を完成させ ると、ゲーム場面がバトルゾーンからファイナルゾーンへ移行する。ファイナルゾーン では、表示部 20の画面上に表示された 3列の仮想リールと各仮想リールに設定され た例えば 2種類の特別マークの絵柄を用いたスロット抽選を実施する。 When a predetermined number (for example, 3) of mirror pieces are collected in each battle zone game to complete the “mirror”, the game scene moves from the battle zone to the final zone. In the final zone, three virtual reels displayed on the screen of the display unit 20 and each virtual reel are set. For example, slot lottery using two types of special mark images will be conducted.
[0168] このスロット抽選において、 3つの仮想リールにジャックポット図柄が揃うと、メダルゲ ーム装置 1の筐体の照明及び音楽(BGM)を変化させつつ、ターンテーブルユニット 500上のギミックをそのサテライト部 2の正面に位置するように回動させる。この回転 移動の間は、表示部 20にジャックポットチャンスのゲーム説明画面を表示し、プレー ャにルールの説明等を行う。ターンテーブルユニット 500のギミックが対象のサテライ ト部 2の正面に位置したらその回動を停止し、所望の光と音の演出を行う。それから、 衛兵人形といった小ターゲット 42を全て倒すとともに、小ターゲット 42よりも大型の大 ターゲット 43の阻害部 44 (人形の腕等)を動かしながら、そのサテライト部 2のプッシ ャ部 3を停止し、かつ、表示部 20を下方へ移動させる。次に、メダル発射装置 8のモ ータを動作させ、メダル発射装置 8からメダル Mを発射可能な状態にする。 [0168] In this slot lottery, when jackpot symbols are aligned on three virtual reels, the gimmick on the turntable unit 500 is changed to its satellite while changing the illumination and music (BGM) of the case of the medal game device 1. Rotate to be in front of part 2. During this rotational movement, the game description screen of jackpot chance is displayed on the display unit 20, and the rules are explained to the player. When the gimmick of the turntable unit 500 is located in front of the target satellite unit 2, the rotation is stopped and the desired light and sound are produced. Then, while defeating all small targets 42 such as guard dolls, moving the obstruction 44 (such as the doll's arm) of the large target 43 larger than the small target 42, the pusher 3 of the satellite 2 is stopped, In addition, the display unit 20 is moved downward. Next, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be launched from the medal launcher 8.
[0169] この射撃ゲームは、所定時間(例えば 20秒間)、所定の発射間隔 (例えば、 0. 2〜 0. 5秒毎)でメダル発射装置 8から大ターゲット 43へ向かってメダル Mを発射し、大タ 一ゲット 43の口の中にメダル Mを打ち込むゲームである。発射ボタン 842を押すと、 大ターゲット 43に向かってメダル Mが発射される。このとき、大ターゲット 43の阻害部 44を動力して、メダル Mが大ターゲット 43の口に入るのを阻止する。大ターゲット 43 の口にメダル Mが入賞すると、メダル Mの払い出し枚数が所定数(例えば 5枚)ずつ 加算され、最終的には、制限時間内のメダル Mの入賞数に応じたメダル加算数とジ ャックポットの基本払い出し枚数 (例えば 50枚)との合計枚数が払い出される。 [0169] In this shooting game, the medal M is fired from the medal launcher 8 toward the large target 43 at a predetermined firing time (for example, 20 seconds) and at a predetermined firing interval (for example, every 0.2 to 0.5 seconds). This is a game that puts medal M into the mouth of the big target 43. When the fire button 842 is pressed, the medal M is fired toward the large target 43. At this time, the inhibition part 44 of the large target 43 is powered to prevent the medal M from entering the mouth of the large target 43. When the medal M wins in the mouth of the large target 43, the number of medals M to be paid out is incremented by a predetermined number (for example, 5), and finally the number of medals M added according to the number of medals M won within the time limit. The total number of jackpots to be paid out (for example, 50) is paid out.
[0170] 制限時間が経過すると、大ターゲット 43の阻害部 44の動きを停止し、ターンテープ ルユニット 500上の前方下部に設けられた門を下降させて開放し、その門の奥方(プ レーャと反対側)に設置されておりかつ払い出しメダルが貯留されたカップ状ユニット 17をリンク機構によってそのサテライト部 2のメダル台 37上方へ移動かつ前方(プレ ーャ側)へ傾動させ、これにより、カップ状ユニット 17内のメダル Mをサテライト部 2へ 排出する。 [0170] When the time limit has elapsed, the movement of the hindering portion 44 of the large target 43 stops, the gate provided at the lower front of the turntable unit 500 is lowered and opened, and the back of the gate (with the player) The cup-shaped unit 17 installed on the opposite side and storing the paid-out medals is moved to the top of the medal table 37 of the satellite unit 2 by the link mechanism and tilted forward (player side). Eject medal M from Unit 17 to Satellite 2
[0171] それから、カップ状ユニット 17を元の位置に戻し、門を上昇させて閉止した後、表 示部 20を上方に移動させるとともに、ターンテーブルユニット 500を通常の回動状態 へ戻し、プッシャ部 3を再稼動させて、射撃ゲームを終了する。 [0172] 〈スーパージャックポットゲーム〉 [0171] Then, after returning the cup-shaped unit 17 to the original position, raising the gate and closing it, the display unit 20 is moved upward, the turntable unit 500 is returned to the normal rotation state, and the pusher is moved. Reactivate part 3 and end the shooting game. [0172] <Super Jackpot Game>
一方、そのスロット抽選において、 3つの仮想リールにスーパージャックポット図柄が 揃うと、メダルゲーム装置 1の照明ユニット 700及び音楽(BGM)を変化させつつ、タ ーンテーブルユニット 500上のギミックをそのサテライト部 2の正面に位置するように 回動させる。この回転移動の間は、表示部 20にジャックポットチャンスのゲーム説明 画面を表示し、プレーヤにルールの説明等を行う。ターンテーブルユニット 500のギ ミックが対象のサテライト部 2の正面に位置したらその回動を停止し、所望の光と音の 演出を行う。それから、小ターゲット 42を全て倒すとともに、プロジェクタ映像の投影 ユニットを前方 (プレーヤ側)へ迫り出すようにかつ降下するように移動させる。それか ら、そのサテライト部 2のプッシャ部 3を停止し、かつ、表示部 20を下方へ移動させる 。次に、メダル発射装置 8のモータを動作させ、メダル発射装置 8からメダル Mを発射 可能な状態にする。  On the other hand, in the slot lottery, when the super jackpot symbols are arranged on the three virtual reels, the gimmick on the turntable unit 500 is changed to the satellite while changing the lighting unit 700 and music (BGM) of the medal game device 1. Rotate to be in front of part 2. During this rotational movement, a game description screen of jackpot chance is displayed on the display unit 20, and the rules are explained to the player. When the gimmick of the turntable unit 500 is located in front of the target satellite unit 2, the rotation is stopped and desired light and sound are produced. Then, all the small targets 42 are brought down, and the projection unit of the projector image is moved so as to push forward (player side) and descend. Then, the pusher unit 3 of the satellite unit 2 is stopped and the display unit 20 is moved downward. Next, the motor of the medal launcher 8 is operated so that the medal M can be launched from the medal launcher 8.
[0173] この射撃ゲームは、投影ユニット上に、ドーナツ状のルーレットとそのルーレットの外 周に配置されたターゲットメカ 911のプロジェクタ画像を投影し、ルーレットの回転映 像及びターゲットメカ 911が口を開閉する画像を映し出した状態で、そのターゲットメ 力 911の口の内部にメダル Mを当てるゲームである。ターゲットメカ 911の口が開い ているときに、その口の内側の領域にメダル Mが当たると、その瞬間にルーレットの回 転映像を停止し、ルーレットの内側の領域に当たり枚数を示す数字又はスーパージ ャックポット絵柄を表示する。  [0173] In this shooting game, a donut-shaped roulette and a projector image of the target mechanism 911 placed on the outer periphery of the roulette are projected onto the projection unit, and the rotation image of the roulette and the target mechanism 911 open and close the mouth. This is a game in which the medal M is applied to the inside of the mouth of the target strength 911 while the image to be projected is projected. If the medal M hits the area inside the mouth of the target mechanism 911, the rotation image of the roulette stops at that moment, and the number or super Display the jackpot pattern.
[0174] (ルーレットの当たりがスーパージャックポット絵柄であった場合)  [0174] (When the roulette hit is a super jackpot pattern)
この場合、ターンテーブルユニット 500のギミック力 この射撃ゲームを行ったサテラ イト部 2の両隣のサテライト部 2, 2の正面に向くように、ターンテーブルユニット 500を 一定角度の範囲で往復動させ、その動作を数回繰り返す。この間、対象のサテライト 部 2及びその両隣のサテライト部 2, 2力 、ターンテーブルユニット 500上のギミック に向けてメダル Mの発射が可能となり、それぞれのメダル発射装置 8を使ってそれぞ れのプレーヤがギミックに向かってメダル Mを発射する。総発射枚数が規定数に達 すると、ターンテーブルユニット 500の往復動を停止し、ギミックが射撃ゲームイベント の発生したサテライト部 2の正面を向くようにターンテーブルユニット 500を回動し停 止する。 In this case, the gimmick force of the turntable unit 500 is moved back and forth within a certain angle range so that it faces the front of the satellite parts 2 and 2 adjacent to the satellite part 2 that played this shooting game. Repeat the operation several times. During this time, it is possible to launch the medal M toward the target satellite unit 2 and the satellite units 2 and 2 adjacent to it, and the gimmick on the turntable unit 500, and each player can use each medal launcher 8 to play each medal. Fires medal M towards the gimmick. When the total number of shots reaches the specified number, the turntable unit 500 stops reciprocating, and the turntable unit 500 is rotated and stopped so that the gimmick faces the front of the satellite unit 2 where the shooting game event has occurred. Stop.
[0175] そして、投影ユニットを初期状態に戻すとともに、ターンテーブルユニット 500のギミ ックの下部に設けられた下ゲート部 46を開き、さらに、ギミックの上部に設けられた上 ゲート部 47を開いて、それらのゲート部で堰き止められて保持されていたメダル Mを 上述したカップ状ユニット 17内へ排出する。なお、下ゲート部 46には、スーパージャ ックポットの基本枚数(例えば 50枚)のメダル Mが集積している一方、上ゲート部 47 には、プログレッシブ値に相当する大量のメダル Mが滞溜してレ、る。  [0175] Then, while returning the projection unit to the initial state, the lower gate part 46 provided at the lower part of the gimmick of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and further, the upper gate part 47 provided at the upper part of the gimmick is opened. Then, the medals M held and held by these gate portions are discharged into the cup-shaped unit 17 described above. The lower gate portion 46 accumulates medals M of the basic number of super jackpots (for example, 50), while the upper gate portion 47 accumulates a large amount of medals M corresponding to progressive values. I'm going.
[0176] それから、ターンテーブルユニット 500の前方下部に設けられた門を開放し、その 門の奥方に設置されておりかつ払い出しメダルが受け渡されたそのカップ状ユニット 17を、リンク機構によってサテライト部 2のメダル台 37上方へ移動かつ前方 (プレー ャ側)へ傾動させ、これにより、カップ状ユニット 17内のメダル Mをサテライト部 2へ全 て排出する。そして、カップ状ユニット 17を元の位置に戻し、門を閉止した後、表示 部 20を上方に移動させるとともに、ターンテーブルユニット 500を通常の回動状態へ 戻し、プッシャ部 3を再稼動させて、射撃ゲームを終了する。  [0176] Then, the gate provided at the lower front part of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and the cup-shaped unit 17 that is installed at the back of the gate and to which the payout medal is delivered is connected to the satellite unit by the link mechanism. The medal stand 37 of 2 is moved upward and tilted forward (player side), whereby all the medals M in the cup-shaped unit 17 are discharged to the satellite unit 2. Then, after returning the cup-shaped unit 17 to its original position and closing the gate, the display unit 20 is moved upward, the turntable unit 500 is returned to the normal rotation state, and the pusher unit 3 is re-operated. End the shooting game.
[0177] (ルーレットの当たりがスーパージャックポット絵柄ではなかった場合)  [0177] (When the roulette is not a Super Jackpot design)
この場合、ルーレットが停止したときに表示された当たり枚数のメダル Mを、払い出 しメダルに加算する。メダル Mが当たったターゲットメカ 911の口の開閉が停止される 、隣のターゲットメカ 911が標的として入れ替わって表示され、プレーヤは他のター ゲットメ力 911の口を狙って更にメダル Mの発射を続けることができる。  In this case, the number of medals M displayed when the roulette stops is added to the payout medal. The opening and closing of the mouth of the target mechanism 911 hit by the medal M is stopped, the next target mechanism 911 is switched as a target, and the player continues to launch the medal M aiming at the mouth of another target mechanism 911. be able to.
[0178] そして、他のすべてのターゲットメカ 911の口にメダル Mを当ててかつルーレットの 当たりがスーパージャックポット絵柄ではなかった場合、又は、所定の制限時間が経 過したときに、投影ユニットを初期状態に戻すとともに、ターンテーブルユニット 500 の下部に設けられた下ゲート部 46を開いて、その下ゲート部 46で堰き止められて保 持されていたメダル Mを上述したカップ状ユニット 17内へ排出する。なお、下ゲート 部 46には、スーパージャックポットの基本枚数(例えば 50枚)のメダル Mが集積して いる。  [0178] Then, when the medal M is applied to the mouths of all other target mechanisms 911 and the roulette hit is not a super jackpot picture, or when the predetermined time limit has passed, In addition to returning to the initial state, the lower gate portion 46 provided at the bottom of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and the medal M held and held by the lower gate portion 46 is moved into the cup-shaped unit 17 described above. Discharge. In the lower gate portion 46, the basic number (for example, 50) of medals M of the super jackpot is accumulated.
[0179] それから、ターンテーブルユニット 500の前方下部に設けられた門を開放し、その 門の奥方に設置されておりかつ払い出しメダルが受け渡されたそのカップ状ユニット 17を、リンク機構によってサテライト部 2のメダル台 37上方へ移動かつ前方 (プレー ャ側)へ傾動させ、これにより、カップ状ユニット 17内のメダル Mをサテライト部 2へ全 て排出する。そして、カップ状ユニット 17を元の位置に戻し、門を閉止した後、表示 部 20を上方に移動させるとともに、ターンテーブルユニット 500を通常の回動状態へ 戻し、プッシャ部 3を再稼動させて、射撃ゲームを終了する。 [0179] Then, the gate provided in the lower front part of the turntable unit 500 is opened, and the cup-shaped unit installed behind the gate and handed out the medal is paid out. 17 is moved upward by the link mechanism to the medal table 37 of the satellite unit 2 and tilted forward (to the player side), whereby all the medals M in the cup-shaped unit 17 are discharged to the satellite unit 2. Then, after returning the cup-shaped unit 17 to its original position and closing the gate, the display unit 20 is moved upward, the turntable unit 500 is returned to the normal rotation state, and the pusher unit 3 is re-operated. End the shooting game.
[0180] 以上の一連のゲームは、メダル投入部 12からメダル Mを投入している間、繰り返さ れる。また、上記の各動作は、メインユニット 100及び各サテライトユニット 200間でス テータスの通報を適宜行レ、、両者のいずれかの制御によって適宜処理が行われる。  [0180] The above series of games is repeated while the medal M is inserted from the medal insertion unit 12. In addition, each operation described above is appropriately processed by reporting status appropriately between the main unit 100 and each satellite unit 200, or by controlling either of them.
[0181] 次に、本実施形態のメダル発射装置 8における、メダル Mの発射処理の流れを詳 細に説明する。  Next, the flow of the medal M firing process in the medal launching apparatus 8 of the present embodiment will be described in detail.
[0182] まず、通常ゲームのときはメダル発射装置 8を使用しないので、サテライトユニット 2 00の CPU201は、ロック機構 881を制御して第 1操作台部 86をロックして、メダル発 射装置 8が左右に揺動しないようにしている。また、ローラ駆動モータ 823及びメダル 供給モータ 812の動作を停止させておく。プレーヤは通常ゲームの間、メダル投入 部 12からメダル Mを投入して、メダルプッシャゲーム等のメダルゲームを行う。なお、 通常ゲームのとき、表示部 20は基準位置(デフォルトの位置)にある。  [0182] First, since the medal launcher 8 is not used in the normal game, the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 controls the lock mechanism 881 to lock the first operation console 86, and the medal launcher 8 Does not rock from side to side. Further, the operations of the roller drive motor 823 and the medal supply motor 812 are stopped. During the normal game, the player inserts a medal M from the medal insertion unit 12 and plays a medal game such as a medal pusher game. In the normal game, the display unit 20 is at the reference position (default position).
[0183] 通常ゲームのメダルゲームにおいて、チヤッカ入賞やスロット成立等、予め定められ た条件を満たしたことを CPU201が検出すると、射撃フラグがセットされる。メインュ ニット 100とサテライトユニット 200では、ループ処理の途中で現在のゲームモードを フラグ判定しており、この射撃フラグが検出されると、通常ゲームから射撃ゲームにゲ ームモードが変更される。また、射撃フラグがセットされるとき、 CPU201は、今回の 射撃ゲームにぉレ、て発射できるメダル Mの最大数を決定する。  [0183] In the normal game medal game, when the CPU 201 detects that a predetermined condition such as a winning prize or a slot is established, a shooting flag is set. The main unit 100 and the satellite unit 200 determine the current game mode as a flag during the loop process, and when this shooting flag is detected, the game mode is changed from the normal game to the shooting game. When the shooting flag is set, the CPU 201 determines the maximum number of medals M that can be shot in the shooting game this time.
[0184] 例えば、所定のチヤッ力に入賞すると、表示部 20においてスロットゲームが実行さ れ、成立したスロット内容に応じて、発射できるメダル Mの数が最大 30個などと決定 される。このように、通常ゲームと射撃ゲームが連動し、表示部 20で実行されるグー ムの結果に応じて発射できるメダル Mの数が決定されるようになっている。  [0184] For example, when a predetermined winning force is won, a slot game is executed on the display unit 20, and the number of medals M that can be fired is determined to be a maximum of 30 according to the content of the established slot. In this way, the normal game and the shooting game are linked, and the number of medals M that can be launched is determined according to the result of the game executed on the display unit 20.
[0185] 射撃ゲームが開始されると、 CPU201はローラ駆動モータ 823を駆動制御して、回 転ローラ 822の回転駆動を開始する。また、駆動モータ 214を駆動制御して、表示部 20を下方に移動させる。さらに、発射ボタン 842に坦め込まれた発光素子 844を点 滅等させるとともに、スピーカ 26から射撃ゲーム用の BGMを流す等の演出を制御し 、メダル発射装置 8を用いる射撃ゲームが開始されることをプレーヤに認識させる。ま た、このとき、 CPU201は、ゲームの進行状況に応じて発生するイベントに基づいて 発射速度パラメータを決定し、この発射速度パラメータに従ってメダル付勢手段 82で メダルに与える滑走力を調整し、メダル発射装置 8から発射されるメダルの発射速度 を制御する。 When the shooting game is started, the CPU 201 controls the driving of the roller driving motor 823 and starts the rotation driving of the rotating roller 822. In addition, the drive motor 214 is driven and controlled, and the display unit Move 20 down. Furthermore, the light emitting element 844 carried on the launch button 842 is blinked, and the shooting game using the medal launcher 8 is started by controlling the production such as playing BGM for the shooting game from the speaker 26. This is recognized by the player. At this time, the CPU 201 determines the firing speed parameter based on the event that occurs according to the progress of the game, adjusts the sliding force applied to the medal by the medal urging means 82 according to this firing speed parameter, and Controls the firing speed of medals launched from launcher 8.
[0186] このメダル発射速度制御処理の詳細は、次のとおりである。まず、通常ゲームから 射撃ゲームにゲームモードが変更されたとき、 CPU201はゲームの進行状況に応じ てイベントを決定する。ここでは、例えば、遊戯者に狙わせるターゲットを決定する。 そして、 CPU201は、メモリ 202の設定テーブル 825を参照してローラ駆動モータ 82 3の回転数を読み出し、この回転数でローラ駆動モータ 823の回転駆動を開始する。 表示部 20等で演出等をしている間にローラ駆動モータ 823の回転数が上がっていき 、演出が終わる頃には、先に読み出された回転数でローラ駆動モータ 823が等速回 転するようになる。  [0186] Details of the medal firing speed control process are as follows. First, when the game mode is changed from the normal game to the shooting game, the CPU 201 determines an event according to the progress of the game. Here, for example, a target to be aimed at by the player is determined. Then, the CPU 201 refers to the setting table 825 in the memory 202, reads the rotational speed of the roller drive motor 823, and starts rotational driving of the roller drive motor 823 at this rotational speed. The rotation speed of the roller drive motor 823 increases while the production is performed on the display unit 20 and the like, and when the production is finished, the roller drive motor 823 rotates at a constant speed at the rotation speed read earlier. To come.
[0187] その後、 CPU201の制御によって、支持手段 88のロック機構 881のロックが解除さ れ、操作台 80を上下左右に操作可能とするとともに、 CPU201は、トリガセンサの操 作信号の受付を開始して、メダル発射装置 8からメダル Mを発射可能な状態にする。 こうして、遊戯者からメダル発射の指示入力があれば即座に所定の発射速度でメダ ルを発射できるように準備される。  [0187] Thereafter, the lock mechanism 881 of the support means 88 is unlocked by the control of the CPU 201, and the operation table 80 can be operated up, down, left and right, and the CPU 201 starts accepting the operation signal of the trigger sensor. Then, the medal launcher 8 is set in a state where the medal M can be launched. In this way, if a player inputs a medal launch instruction, preparation is made so that the medal can be fired immediately at a predetermined launch rate.
[0188] その後の射撃ゲームでは、プレーヤはレバー 23により操作台 80を操作して発射レ ール 831の向きを上下左右に揺動させ、メダル Mの発射方向を定める。そして、メダ ル Mをターゲットに向けて発射させるベく、発射ボタン 842を押下する。  [0188] In the subsequent shooting game, the player operates the operation console 80 with the lever 23 to swing the shooting rail 831 up, down, left and right to determine the shooting direction of the medal M. Then, press the fire button 842 to fire the medal M toward the target.
[0189] このとき、 CPU201は、トリガセンサ 843から発せされた発射ボタン 842の操作信号 に応答して、メダル供給モータ 812の駆動を開始し、ミニホッパ 811の回転円板 815 を回転させ、メダル供給口 814を介してメダル付勢手段 82にメダル Mを 1個供給する よう、ミニホッパ 811を作動制御する。そして、メダル付勢手段 82の回転ローラ 821、 822に挟み込まれたメダル Mは、回転ローラ 821、 822の回転力によって付勢され( 滑走力が与えられ)、発射レール 831を滑走して、メダル発射口 833からメダル Mが 発射される。なお、発射ボタン 842が押下され続けている場合は、予め定めた所定の 時間毎に、メダル Mを連続して発射するよう制御される。 [0189] At this time, the CPU 201 starts driving the medal supply motor 812 in response to the operation signal of the firing button 842 emitted from the trigger sensor 843, rotates the rotating disk 815 of the mini hopper 811, and supplies the medal. The mini hopper 811 is operated and controlled so that one medal M is supplied to the medal urging means 82 through the mouth 814. The medal M sandwiched between the rotating rollers 821 and 822 of the medal urging means 82 is urged by the rotational force of the rotating rollers 821 and 822 ( Glide M is launched from the medal launcher 833 by sliding on the launch rail 831. When the firing button 842 is kept pressed, the medal M is controlled to be continuously fired at predetermined time intervals.
[0190] サテライトユニット 200では、メダル発射装置 8のトリガセンサ 843から検出信号が供 給され、一定時間以内にさらにメダルセンサ 837から検出信号が供給された場合に 実際に有効なメダル Mの射撃があったものと判定する。発射ボタン 842を押下しても メダル詰まりなどで実際にメダル Mが発射されなレ、場合があるからである。実射撃が あつたと判断されたら、インターフェース回路 203を介してメインユニット 100に実射 撃があった旨を示すコマンドを通報する。  [0190] In the satellite unit 200, when the detection signal is supplied from the trigger sensor 843 of the medal launcher 8, and when the detection signal is further supplied from the medal sensor 837 within a predetermined time, the actually effective medal M is shot. Judge that there was. This is because even if the firing button 842 is pressed, the medal M may not actually be fired due to a clogged medal. When it is determined that the actual shooting has been made, a command indicating that there has been a real shooting is sent to the main unit 100 via the interface circuit 203.
[0191] また、 CPU201は、メダル発射装置 8によるメダル Mの発射に連動してメダル搬送 手段 27を介してメダル発射装置 8のメダル供給手段 81にメダル Mを自動的に補充 するよう制御する。このとき、 CPU201は、メダルセンサ 837からの発射検出信号を 受けて、搬送レール 272上に設けられた払出先振分ソレノイドを制御して切替フラッ プ 273をメダル発射装置 8側(第 1の搬送路 274)に切り替えた後、サテライト用ホッパ 25のモータ 212を駆動させる。モータ駆動によりメダル Mカ ダルガイド 271内を下 から上へ押し上げられ、搬送レール 272を通り、搬送レール 272の出口力 メダル補 充孔 876を介してメダル発射装置 8のミニホッパ 811の貯留部へ所定枚数のメダル Mが送られ、メダル補充がなされる。なお、プッシャ部 3へ小当たりのメダル払出し処 理を行うとき、 CPU201は、払出先振分ソレノイドにより切替フラップ 273をプッシャ部 3側(第 2の搬送路 275)に切り替えた後、サテライト用ホッパ 25を動作させ、プッシャ 部 3に所定枚数のメダル払出し処理を実行する。  Further, the CPU 201 performs control so that the medal M is automatically replenished to the medal supply means 81 of the medal launching apparatus 8 via the medal transporting means 27 in conjunction with the launch of the medal M by the medal launching apparatus 8. At this time, the CPU 201 receives the firing detection signal from the medal sensor 837, controls the payout destination distribution solenoid provided on the transport rail 272, and sets the switching flap 273 to the medal launcher 8 side (first transport). After switching to the road 274), the motor 212 of the satellite hopper 25 is driven. By driving the motor, the medal M-cadal guide 271 is pushed up from the bottom to the top, passes through the transport rail 272, exit force of the transport rail 272, and through the medal replenishment hole 876 to the storage section of the mini hopper 811 of the medal launcher 8 The medal M is sent and the medal is replenished. When performing the small hitting medal payout processing to the pusher unit 3, the CPU 201 switches the switching flap 273 to the pusher unit 3 side (second transport path 275) by the payout destination distribution solenoid, and then the satellite hopper. 25 is operated, and the pusher unit 3 executes a predetermined number of medal payout processing.
[0192] その後、予め規定された条件を満たして射撃ゲームのイベントをクリアしたり、制限 時間が経過したり、発射可能な最大数のメダル Mを発射し尽くしたりすると、 CPU20 1は、トリガセンサ 843の操作信号を受け付けないようにし、ローラ駆動モータ 823の 駆動を停止させるとともに、ロック機構 881をロックしてメダル発射装置 8が左右に揺 動しないようにする。さらに、駆動モータ 214を制御して、表示部 20を上方に移動さ せて元の基準位置に復帰させる。こうして、射撃ゲームを終了する。なお、イベントを クリアしたときには、遊戯者にメダルの払出し等を行レ、、当該イベントのクリアに応じた ゲーム画像等を表示部 20に表示してもよい。 [0192] After that, when the predefined game conditions are met and the shooting game event is cleared, the time limit expires, or the maximum number of medals M that can be fired is exhausted, the CPU 201 will trigger the trigger sensor. The operation signal of 843 is not accepted, the driving of the roller drive motor 823 is stopped, and the lock mechanism 881 is locked so that the medal launcher 8 does not swing left and right. Further, the drive motor 214 is controlled to move the display unit 20 upward to return to the original reference position. Thus, the shooting game is finished. When an event is cleared, a medal is paid out to the player, and the event is cleared. A game image or the like may be displayed on the display unit 20.
[0193] ここで、メインホッパ 531に対してメダル Mを補充するフローの一例を示す(図 37参 照)。 [0193] Here, an example of a flow for replenishing the medal M to the main hopper 531 is shown (see Fig. 37).
[0194] まず、メインホッパ 531に対してメダル Mを補充するフローを開始する(ステップ 1)。  [0194] First, a flow for replenishing the medal M to the main hopper 531 is started (step 1).
メインホッパ 531に対するメダル補充の実施時期は特に限られるものではなレ、が、例 えば本実施形態においてはいずれかのサテライト部 2において SJP (スーパージャッ クポット)、すなわち通常の JP (ジャックポット)よりも払い出し数の多い懸賞が当たった 場合に、当該 SJP処理に移行する前の段階でこのフローにしたがって実施し、メダル Mをあらかじめ補充することとしている(図 37参照)。  For example, in this embodiment, in any satellite section 2, SJP (super jackpot), that is, from a normal JP (jackpot), is not particularly limited. However, if a prize with a large number of payouts is won, it will be executed according to this flow at the stage before the transition to the SJP process, and the medal M will be replenished in advance (see Figure 37).
[0195] スーパージャックポットチャンスが始まり、補充フローを開始したら、まずはメダル補 充数 (総打ち出し数)を決定する (ステップ 2)。例えば、各サテライト部 2におけるメダ ル発射装置 8から回転センタユニット 6に向けて打ち出される総メダル数 (総打ち出し 数)をここでいうメダル補充数として取り扱うことができる。一例として、この場合におけ る各サテライト部 2からの総打ち出し数は、前回の補充以降、メインホッパ 531からジ ャックポット部 4へと供給されたメダル数と、上述したメダル量センサ 531aによって検 出ないしは概算したメダル回収量 (貯留量)とから決定することができる。  [0195] When the super jackpot chance starts and the replenishment flow starts, first, the number of medals replenishment (total number of launches) is determined (step 2). For example, the total number of medals (total number of launches) launched from the medal launcher 8 in each satellite section 2 toward the rotation center unit 6 can be handled as the number of medals replenished here. As an example, the total number of launches from each satellite unit 2 in this case is the number of medals supplied from the main hopper 531 to the jackpot unit 4 since the previous replenishment and the above-described medal amount sensor 531a. Or it can be determined from the estimated medal recovery amount (storage amount).
[0196] メダル補充数を決定したら各サテライト部 2からの打ち出し (メダル発射)に移行する 。ここでは、打ち出し対象となるサテライト部 2のメダル発射装置 8からメダル打ち出し を実施するべぐメインユニット 100の CPU101からサテライトユニット 200の CPU20 1に対して発射命令が送信される (ステップ 3)。なお、本実施形態の場合における打 ち出し対象のサテライト部 2は、スーパージャックポットチャンスに移行したサテライト 部 2を除く他のサテライト部 2のすべてである。これらサテライト部 2は、上述の発射命 令を受けて打ち出し (メダル発射)を開始する (ステップ 4)。  [0196] Once the number of medals has been determined, the process proceeds to launching from each satellite unit 2 (medal launch). Here, the launch command is transmitted from the CPU 101 of the main unit 100 to execute the medal launch from the medal launcher 8 of the satellite unit 2 to be launched to the CPU 201 of the satellite unit 200 (step 3). Note that the satellite units 2 to be launched in the present embodiment are all of the satellite units 2 other than the satellite unit 2 that has shifted to the super jackpot chance. These satellite units 2 start launching (medal launching) in response to the launching command described above (step 4).
[0197] また、メダル発射後には、各サテライト部 2のサテライト用ホッパ 25におけるメダル残 量が一定量以上あるかどうか判断する (ステップ 5)。下回った場合には (ステップ 5に おいて No)、当該サテライト部 2におけるメダル残量が少ないと判定してそれ以降の 打ち出し (メダル発射)を拒否し、当該サテライト部 2における一連の補充フローを終 了する(ステップ 6)。 [0198] また、サテライト部 2におけるメダル残量が一定以上ある場合には (ステップ 5におい て Yes)、メダルゲーム装置 1におけるメダル補充数力 ステップ 2において決定したメ ダル補充数 (総打ち出し数)に達したかどうかを判断し、さらにメインホッパ 531のメダ ル残量が一定以上あるかどうか判断する (ステップ 7)。総打ち出し数に達し、なおか つメインホッパ 531のメダル残量が一定以上ある場合には、すべてのサテライト部 2に おいて打ち出しを止めて一連の補充フローを終了する (ステップ 8)。一方、メダル補 充数に達していなければステップ 4にループし、メダル補充数に達する力、、当該サテ ライト部 2においてメダル残量が一定値を下回るまで打ち出し (メダル発射)を継続す る(図 37参照)。 [0197] Further, after the medal is launched, it is determined whether or not the remaining amount of medals in the satellite hopper 25 of each satellite section 2 is equal to or larger than a certain amount (step 5). If it falls below (No in step 5), it is determined that the remaining amount of medals in the satellite unit 2 is low, and subsequent launches (medal launches) are rejected, and a series of replenishment flows in the satellite unit 2 is performed. Finish (step 6). [0198] If the remaining amount of medals in satellite unit 2 exceeds a certain level (Yes in step 5), the number of medals replenished in step 2 (total number of launches) determined in step 2 It is then determined whether or not the remaining amount of the main hopper 531 is above a certain level (step 7). When the total number of launches has been reached and the remaining amount of medals in the main hopper 531 exceeds a certain level, launching is stopped in all satellite units 2 and a series of replenishment flows is completed (step 8). On the other hand, if the medal replenishment number has not been reached, the process loops to step 4 and continues to be launched (medal launch) until the medal replenishment number is reached and the remaining amount of medal in the satellite part 2 falls below a certain value (see figure). 37).
[0199] このようなメインホッパ 531に対するメダル Mの補充フローを採用したメダルゲーム 装置 1によれば、スーパージャックポットチャンスの開始時に上述のような補充フロー に基づきメダル Mを移動させ、当該メダルゲーム装置 1内におけるメダル分布の偏り をなくす処理を実施するから、メインホッパ(メダル回収容器) 531における収容枚数 が一時的に不足する状態をあら力じめ解消しておくことが可能である。  [0199] According to the medal game apparatus 1 employing the medal M replenishment flow for the main hopper 531 as described above, the medal M is moved based on the replenishment flow as described above at the start of the super jackpot chance, and the medal game is performed. Since the process for eliminating the uneven distribution of medals in the device 1 is performed, it is possible to eliminate the state where the number of sheets stored in the main hopper (medal collection container) 531 is temporarily insufficient.
[0200] しかも、メダル発射装置 8という既存の装置を利用したメダル補充が可能であるため 、回収のための装置を別途設ける必要がない。このようないわばメダルの配分調整手 法は、サテライト部 2の設置数の多レ、本実施形態のようなメダルゲーム装置 1におレヽ て特に効果的である。また、本実施形態ではスーパージャックポットチャンスに移行し たプレーヤに対してその他のプレーヤからの祝福を自動的に演出しつつメダルの配 分調整を実施するから、メダルゲーム装置 1の全体の雰囲気を盛り上げることができ るとレ、う意味でも特徴的である。  [0200] Moreover, since it is possible to replenish medals using an existing device called the medal launching device 8, there is no need to separately provide a device for collecting. Such a so-called medal distribution adjustment method is particularly effective for the medal game apparatus 1 as in the present embodiment, in which the number of satellite units 2 is large. Also, in this embodiment, the medal distribution adjustment is performed while automatically producing a blessing from other players for the player who has transitioned to the super jackpot chance, so that the overall atmosphere of the medal game device 1 is improved. It is also characteristic in the sense of being able to excite.
[0201] 続いて、上述のようなフローに基づくメダル補充の態様について、具体例としての 実施例を挙げつつさらに説明を付け加えると以下のとおりである。  [0201] Subsequently, the medal replenishment mode based on the flow as described above will be further described with reference to a specific example.
[0202] (実施例 1)  [0202] (Example 1)
メダル打ち出し (メダル発射)の総計枚数は、例えばスーパージャックポットチャンス の当たり枚数 (払出し枚数)である。この場合、賞を獲得したサテライト部 2におけるプ レーャが見える範囲で行うという観点からすれば、当該プレーヤの視界に入るサテラ イト部 2にてメダル打ち出しを行うことも好ましい。例示すれば、当たり枚数が 300枚で ある場合に、当該スーパージャックポットチャンスに移行したサテライト部 2を中心に 2 席隣までを含む 5つのサテライト部 2に対してメダル発射を命令するといつたものであ る。ここで、各サテライト部 2のメダル発射装置 8においては常時 10〜20枚程度のメ ダル Mが入った状態となっており、サテライト用ホッパ 25からメダル Mがメダル発射装 置 8側へと補充される。この際にサテライト用ホッパ 25においてメダル供給枚数を計 測し、メダル発射装置 8側ではこれに応じた枚数のメダル Mが打ち出される。また、特 に図示はしていないがサテライト用ホッパ 25に併設されているセンサ(ユアェンプティ センサ)がゲーム継続に必要となる最低限の枚数のメダル Mが残っているかどうかを 検出する。ここでは、この検出結果に基づき、サテライト用ホッパ 25における残りのメ ダル枚数が最低限以下となる前にメダル打ち出し (メダル補充)を取り止める(図 37の ステップ 4〜6参照)。センサ(ユアェンプティセンサ)からの検出信号に基づき補充取 止めの命令を受けた当該サテライト部 2ではメダル発射装置 8からのメダル打ち出し( メダル発射)を取り止める力 S、他のサテライト部 2においてはこのような取止め命令を 受けない限りメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)を継続する。一方、回転センタユニット 6側 の制御部(CPU101)は、各サテライト部 2からのメダル打ち出し枚数を把握しておき 、例えばこの場合であればメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)の総計枚数力 Sスーパージャ ックポットチャンスの当たり枚数 (払出し枚数)に達するまで補充フローを継続させる。 The total number of medals launched (launched medals) is, for example, the number of wins (payouts) per super jackpot chance. In this case, from the viewpoint of performing in the range where the player in the satellite unit 2 that has won the award can be seen, it is also preferable to perform the medal placement at the satellite unit 2 that enters the field of view of the player. For example, if the number of hits is 300 In some cases, when satellite units 2 that have transitioned to the Super Jackpot Chance are instructed to launch medals to five satellite units 2, including up to two seats. Here, the medal launcher 8 of each satellite unit 2 always has about 10 to 20 medals M inserted, and the medal M is replenished from the satellite hopper 25 to the medal launcher 8 side. Is done. At this time, the number of supplied medals is measured by the satellite hopper 25, and the number of medals M corresponding to the medal launching device 8 is launched. In addition, although not shown in the drawing, a sensor (your emptiness sensor) provided in the satellite hopper 25 detects whether or not the minimum number of medals M necessary for continuing the game remains. Here, based on this detection result, the medal launch (medal replenishment) is canceled before the remaining number of medals in the satellite hopper 25 falls below the minimum (see steps 4 to 6 in FIG. 37). The satellite unit 2 that has received the replenishment stop command based on the detection signal from the sensor (your sensor) has the force S to stop the medal launching from the medal launcher 8 (medal launch) S, and the other satellite unit 2 Will continue to launch a medal (medal launch) unless such a withdrawal order is received. On the other hand, the control unit (CPU 101) on the rotation center unit 6 side grasps the number of medals launched from each satellite unit 2, and in this case, for example, the total number of medals launched (medal launch) power S super jack. The replenishment flow is continued until the number of hits (number of payouts) is reached.
[0203] なお、メダル補充フローに基づくメダル補充時、すべてのサテライト部 2においてメ ダル打ち出し (メダル発射)を行うことも可能である。ただし、例えばスーパージャック ポットチャンスに移行したプレーヤに対する祝福の演出をもっと長い時間継続して行 うという観点からすれば、例えば上述のように 2席隣までを含む 5つのサテライト部 2 ( 当該サテライト部 2を抜かせば 4つのサテライト部 2)等、一部にてメダル打ち出し (メダ ル発射)を行うことが好ましレ、。また、このように祝福対象(スーパージャックポットチヤ ンスに移行したプレーヤないしはそのサテライト部 2)に近いサテライト部 2にてメダル 打ち出し (メダル発射)を行うこととすれば、当該祝福対象からもメダル打ち出しの状 態が見やすいとレ、う効果もある。  [0203] It is also possible to launch medals (launch medals) in all satellite sections 2 at the time of medal replenishment based on the medal replenishment flow. However, for example, from the viewpoint of continuing a blessing performance for a player who has transitioned to a super jackpot opportunity for a longer period of time, for example, as described above, five satellite units 2 (including the satellite unit 2) If 2 is removed, it is preferable to launch medals in some of the 4 satellite sections 2). In addition, if the medal launch (medal launch) is performed in the satellite part 2 close to the blessing target (the player who has transitioned to the super jackpot chance or the satellite part 2), the medal launching is also performed from the blessing target. If the condition is easy to see, there is also an effect.
[0204] また、メダル補充時、各サテライト部 2におけるメダル Mの打ち出し速度は好ましくは 一定であり、こうした場合、各メダル Mは例えば落下孔 506 (図 3参照)を目がけて打 ち出される。つまり、回転センタユニット 6のいわば間口を狙って発射されることにより 、補充フロー時の打ち出しメダル Mの大部分を当該回転センタユニット 6内の貯留部 (メダル供給装置 53のメインホッパ(回収容器) 531)にて回収することが可能である。 ちなみに、打ち出しメダル Mの一部は回転センタユニット 6の手前や奥に落下して例 えばダムのように窪んでいる部分などに溜まる場合があるがこれは想定範囲内であり 、程度に問題に過ぎない。 [0204] In addition, when the medals are replenished, the launch speed of the medals M in each satellite section 2 is preferably constant. In such a case, each medall M is hit with a drop hole 506 (see Fig. 3). Be taken out. In other words, by firing at the so-called frontage of the rotation center unit 6, most of the launched medals M during the replenishment flow are stored in the storage part (main hopper (collection container) of the medal supply device 53). 531). By the way, some of the launching medals M may fall in front of or behind the rotating center unit 6 and collect, for example, in a recessed part such as a dam. Not too much.
[0205] あるいは、メダル補充時に打ち出されたメダル Mを上述のように回転センタユニット 6内にいったん貯留しておくのではなぐ当該回転センタユニット 6の開口部分 (例え ば上ゲート部 47における上ゲート 471と取付台座 423との間の開口部など)をあらか じめ塞いでおき、各サテライト部 2からの打ち出しメダル Mをダム部分(例えば下グー トプッシャ 463と下ゲート 461とで形成されるメダル貯留部分)に直接溜まるようにする 方式としてもよい(図 14等参照)。こうした場合、その後の下ゲート 461等の動作によ り貯留したメダル Mを一度に払い出すことができる。また、この際には下ゲート部 46、 上ゲート部 47を開いた状態(図 14にて想像線で示すように倒れた状態)としておき、 当該回転センタユニット 6の上部などにあるメダル Mが下流側(正面側)へと流れるよ うにしてもよい。例えば本実施形態の場合であれば、下流側(正面側)へと流れるメダ ル Mはスーパージャックポットチャンスに移行したプレーヤのサテライト部 2に向けて 流れ落ちることになる。  [0205] Alternatively, the medal M launched at the time of replenishment of medals is not temporarily stored in the rotation center unit 6 as described above, but the opening portion of the rotation center unit 6 (for example, the upper gate in the upper gate portion 47) The opening between the 471 and the mounting base 423 is closed in advance, and the launching medal M from each satellite part 2 is replaced with the dam part (for example, the medal formed by the lower goto pusher 463 and the lower gate 461) It is also possible to use a method of collecting directly in the storage part (see Fig. 14). In such a case, the stored medal M can be paid out at a time by the operation of the lower gate 461 and the like thereafter. At this time, the lower gate portion 46 and the upper gate portion 47 are left open (the state of being collapsed as indicated by an imaginary line in FIG. 14), and the medal M on the upper part of the rotation center unit 6 is placed. It may flow to the downstream side (front side). For example, in the case of the present embodiment, the medals M that flow downstream (front side) flow down toward the satellite portion 2 of the player who has shifted to the super jackpot chance.
[0206] (実施例 2)  [0206] (Example 2)
回転センタユニット 6のメダル供給装置 53のメインホッパ(回収容器) 531内におけ るメダル量センサ 531aを複数個とし、メダル貯留枚数のレベル(多い、適量、少ない といった数段階のレベル)を判定できるようにしておくことで、メダル補充フローに基づ くメダル補充時、より細かな制御を行うことが可能となる。例えば、上述の実施例 1で はメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)の総計枚数をスーパージャックポットチャンスの当たり 枚数 (払出し枚数)とした力 メダル補充開始時にメインホッパ 531内のメダル数が少 なすぎるようであれば、各サテライト部 2からのメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)の総計枚 数 (メダル補充数)をこれより多くすることもできる。つまり、回転センタユニット 6におけ る貯留メダル数が少ない場合には、スーパージャックポットチャンスの当たり枚数(払 出し枚数)を超えて余分にメダル Mを打ち出してもらえるように制御し、これにより、メ ダル量センサ 531aが適量となったことを検出するまでメダル補充を行うことが可能と なる。また、上述のようにメダル量センサ 531aを複数とした場合には、スーパージャッ クポットチャンスの当たり枚数 (払出し枚数)に応じて数段階のレベルにてメダル Mを 貯留しておくことが可能であるから、メダルゲーム装置 1内のメダル状況に応じた最適 なレベルまでメダル補充を継続することができる。あるいは、これとは逆に、回転セン タユニット 6のメインホッパ 531内において払出しに十分なメダル Mが既に貯められて レ、る状況にあれば、各サテライト部 2からのメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)の時間を短く する等により、メダル補充の総計枚数をスーパージャックポットチャンスの当たり枚数( 払出し枚数)より少なくして調整することができる。 The number of medal amount sensors 531a in the main hopper (collection container) 531 of the medal supply device 53 of the rotation center unit 6 can be determined to determine the level of the number of medal storage (several levels such as large, appropriate, and small). By doing so, finer control can be performed at the time of medal replenishment based on the medal replenishment flow. For example, in Example 1 described above, the total number of medals launched (launched medals) is the power that makes the total number of jackpot chances (payouts) the number of medals in the main hopper 531 seems to be too small at the start of medal refilling. If so, the total number of medals launched from each satellite unit 2 (medal launch) can be increased (the number of medals added). In other words, when the number of stored medals in the rotation center unit 6 is small, Control is made so that extra medals M can be launched beyond the number of medals, so that it is possible to replenish medals until it is detected that the medal amount sensor 531a has reached an appropriate amount. In addition, as described above, when a plurality of medal amount sensors 531a are provided, it is possible to store medals M at several levels according to the number of super jackpot chances (the number of payouts). Therefore, the medal replenishment can be continued to the optimum level according to the medal situation in the medal game device 1. Or, conversely, if there are already enough medals M to be paid out in the main hopper 531 of the rotation center unit 6, the medals are launched from each satellite section 2 (medal launch). The total number of medals that can be replenished can be adjusted to be smaller than the number of super jackpot chances (the number of payouts) by shortening the time required.
[0207] (実施例 3) [0207] (Example 3)
メインホッパ 531内のメダル数が少なすぎる場合に、当該メインホッパ 531における メダル補充の意味合いで上記フローに基づくメダル補充を実施する場合には、例え ばメダルゲーム装置 1の電源投入時、全サテライト部 2から回転センタユニット 6に向 けてメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)を実施してもよい。つまり、ゲームの最中だけでなく 、ゲームプレイの前段階(準備段階)においても上述のメダル補充フローを利用してメ ダル Mの貯留状態を最適化することが可能である。  When the number of medals in the main hopper 531 is too small, when the medal replenishment based on the above flow is performed in the sense of replenishing medals in the main hopper 531, for example, when the medal game device 1 is turned on, all satellite units A medal launch (medal launch) may be performed from 2 toward the rotation center unit 6. That is, not only during the game but also in the previous stage (preparation stage) of the game play, the medal replenishment flow can be used to optimize the storage state of the medals M.
[0208] (実施例 4) [0208] (Example 4)
上述の実施例 1では隣接する 5つのサテライト部 2 (当該サテライト部 2を抜かせば 4 つのサテライト部 2)においてメダル補充フローに基づくメダル打ち出し (メダル発射) を行うこととした力 これ以外としては、例えば各サテライト部 2の各メダル発射装置 8 の同期をとつてメダル Mを打ち出したり、各サテライト部 2を制御してあた力、もウェーブ が描かれるように打ち出したり、さらには打ち出しの速度を制御してあたかも自動噴 水のようにリズムよく打ち出したりすることもできる。あるいは意図的にタイミングをずら してもよい。  In the above-described first embodiment, the force of performing medal launching (medal launching) based on the medal replenishment flow in the five adjacent satellite parts 2 (four satellite parts 2 if the satellite part 2 is pulled out), For example, each medal launching device 8 of each satellite unit 2 is synchronized with each other to launch the medal M, and each satellite unit 2 is controlled so that the force and the wave are drawn, and the launching speed is further increased. It can be controlled to launch with a rhythm as if it were an automatic fountain. Alternatively, the timing may be shifted intentionally.
[0209] (実施例 5) [0209] (Example 5)
回転センタユニット 6におけるメダル受け皿 51と、その周囲を取り囲むように配置さ れる各サテライト部 2との間には環状の隙間が形成されている(図 3参照)。サテライト 2の設置時、横方向から差し入れるようにして回転センタユニット 6に近接させる際、 お互いに当接して損傷するのを回避するためにこの隙間は有効である。ただし、 こ こまで説明したようなメダル補充フローに基づくメダル打ち出し (メダル発射)を実施す ると、打ち出されたメダル M力 Sイレギュラーに跳ねて当該隙間から落下する可能性が ある。この点、このような可能性のあるメダル Mをもメダル受け皿 51へと導いて回収す るべぐ当該メダル受け皿 51へと導く落下防止部 28を設けておくことが好ましい。例 えば本実施例では、メダル受け皿 51の外縁に僅かに覆い被さる形状の突起を周状 に設けている(図 3、図 38参照)。また、この落下防止部 28の内周側に例えばゴム製 のフラップ部 281を設け、当該落下防止部 28とメダル受け皿 51の表面との隙間をよ り小さくしてメダル Mが飛び出ないようにすることも好ましい(図 38参照)。 An annular gap is formed between the medal tray 51 in the rotation center unit 6 and each satellite portion 2 arranged so as to surround the periphery (see FIG. 3). satellite When installing 2, the gap is effective to avoid contact with each other and damage when it is inserted from the side and brought close to the rotation center unit 6. However, if a medal launch (medal launch) based on the medal replenishment flow as described above is performed, there is a possibility of jumping to the launched medal M force S irregular and falling from the gap. In this regard, it is preferable to provide a fall prevention unit 28 that guides the medal M with such a possibility to the medal tray 51 and collects it to the medal tray 51. For example, in this embodiment, a protrusion having a shape slightly covering the outer edge of the medal tray 51 is provided on the circumference (see FIGS. 3 and 38). Also, for example, a rubber flap 281 is provided on the inner peripheral side of the fall prevention part 28, and the clearance between the fall prevention part 28 and the surface of the medal tray 51 is made smaller so that the medal M does not pop out. It is also preferable (see FIG. 38).
[0210] (実施例 6) [0210] (Example 6)
ジャックポット部 4において、下ゲート 461および上ゲート 471を前方へ倒した状態( 開門した状態)としておく(図 14等参照)。このように、ジャックポット部 4を引っ掛かり のない滑り台のような状態として、メダノレ補充フローに基づくメダル Mの補充を実施す る。下ゲート部 46や上ゲート部 47を含むメダル通路を目がけてメダル打ち出し (メダ ル発射)を実施することにより、当該打ち出されたメダル Mの多くが、スーパージャック ポットチャンスに移行したサテライト部 2へ向かって当該メダル通路を流れ落ちる。こ のようにメダル Mが当該プレーヤの眼前に直接的に次々と集められる演出は興趣性 の高いものとなる。これらメダル Mは、例えばカップ状ユニット 17に一時的に貯留した 後、当該サテライト部 2に向けて一度に払い出される(図 3等参照)。  In the jackpot part 4, the lower gate 461 and the upper gate 471 are set in a state of being tilted forward (opened state) (see FIG. 14 etc.). In this way, the replenishment of medals M based on the Medanore replenishment flow is performed with the jackpot part 4 in a state like a slide without any catch. Satellite unit 2 where many of the medals M that have been launched have moved to Super Jackpot Chance by launching medals (medal launch) aiming at the medal passage including lower gate part 46 and upper gate part 47 Flow down the medal passage toward. In this way, the production in which medals M are collected one after another directly in front of the player is highly interesting. These medals M are temporarily stored in, for example, the cup-shaped unit 17 and then paid out to the satellite unit 2 at a time (see FIG. 3 and the like).
[0211] ここまで実施例を挙げてメダル補充の態様についてさらに説明を付け加えたが、あ くまでもこれらはメダルゲーム装置 1の好適な実施の一例に過ぎなレ、。例えば、上述 したメダル補充フローでは(図 37参照)、打ち出し開始後(ステップ 4)、各サテライト 部 2において当該サテライト部 2におけるメダル残量が一定値を下回っているかどうか のみ判断することとしており(ステップ 5)、これは具体的にはメダル残量が一定量以 下となったかどうかのみ判断するいわゆるニァェンプティセンサのようなもので足りる。 これに対し、メダル残量を具体的に把握できるセンサを利用することとすれば、各サ テライト部 2が打ち出し (メダル発射)ができる状況にあるかどうかを当該サテライト部 2 において判断することも可能である。こうした場合には、スーパージャックポットチャン スへの移行時に各サテライト部 2が打ち出し可能かどうかを自ら判断していわば自己 管理を行うことが可能となる。 [0211] The embodiment of the medal replenishment has been further described so far by giving examples. However, these are only examples of preferable implementation of the medal game device 1 until now. For example, in the above-described medal replenishment flow (see FIG. 37), after launching (step 4), each satellite unit 2 only determines whether or not the remaining amount of medals in the satellite unit 2 is below a certain value ( Step 5), specifically, a so-called near sensor that only determines whether the remaining amount of medals is below a certain level is sufficient. On the other hand, if a sensor capable of specifically grasping the remaining amount of medals is used, whether each satellite unit 2 is ready to launch (medal launch) or not is determined. It is also possible to judge in In such a case, it is possible to perform self-management if it is determined whether or not each satellite unit 2 can launch at the time of transition to the super jackpot chance.
[0212] また、メインホッパ (メダル回収容器) 531側のセンサを複数とすることも好ましい。複 数のセンサによれば、メダルの貯留枚数のレベル(例えば適量範囲内にある力 \それ よりも少なレ、か、等)を判定することが可能となる。例えば、貯留枚数が一定レベルに 足りないときにはエラー表示して係員らを呼ぶような対処を実施している場合であれ ば、仮に各サテライト部 2からの打ち出し (メダル発射)数が足らないとしても、メインホ ッパ 531の貯留枚数のレベルが一定レベル以上あればエラー表示をしないという取 り扱いが可能となる。 [0212] It is also preferable to use a plurality of sensors on the main hopper (medal collection container) 531 side. According to a plurality of sensors, it is possible to determine the level of the number of stored medals (for example, power within an appropriate amount range, less than that, etc.). For example, if the number of stored items is not enough, it may be necessary to display an error and call the staff, even if the number of launches (medal launches) from each satellite unit 2 is insufficient. If the level of the stored number of main hoppers 531 is above a certain level, it is possible to handle such that no error is displayed.
[0213] なお、上述した実施形態においては、回転センタユニット 6の周囲に複数 (例えば 1 0個)のサテライト部 2を配置したゲーム装置を例示して説明したが、本発明の適用対 象となるゲーム装置 1はこのようにサテライト部 2が複数の場合に限らない。すなわち 、キャラクタ等の種々のギミックが配されたユニット(センタユニット)に対し、単一の遊 戯スペース(サテライト部)が配置されているような例えばプレーヤが 1人で興じること ができるゲーム装置 1に対しても本発明を適用することが可能である。要は、射撃ゲ ームのターゲットを備えたユニット(センタユニット)と、プレーヤが遊戯するためのサテ ライト部 2とを有しているゲーム装置 1であればサテライト部 2の個数は問わない。 産業上の利用可能性  [0213] In the above-described embodiment, the game apparatus in which a plurality of (for example, 10) satellite units 2 are arranged around the rotation center unit 6 has been described as an example. Thus, the game device 1 is not limited to the case where the satellite unit 2 is plural. In other words, for example, a single game space (satellite unit) is arranged with respect to a unit (center unit) in which various gimmicks such as characters are arranged. The present invention can also be applied to the above. In short, the number of satellite units 2 is not limited as long as it is a game device 1 having a unit (center unit) having a shooting game target and a satellite unit 2 for a player to play. Industrial applicability
[0214] 以上説明した通り、本発明によるメダルゲーム装置 1は、特定のサテライト部 2に多 数枚のメダル Mが払い出された状況下でも装置内にぉレ、てメダル Mを効果的に循環 させ、次なる払い出し用のメダル Mを準備しておくことができるので、アーケードグー ムとしてのメダルゲーム機や、力、かる装置を映像でシミュレート(模擬)したゲームプロ グラムとして家庭用のゲーム等にも広く利用できる。また、本実施形態で説明したメダ ル Mは射撃ゲームにて用いられる模擬弾の一例に過ぎず、このほか、パチンコ玉な どの金属球、 BB弹などの樹脂球 (硬質玉)、メダルのような円盤体、などといった種々 の模擬弾が利用されているゲーム装置においても本発明を適用することが可能であ る。 [0214] As described above, the medal game device 1 according to the present invention effectively moves the medal M into the device even in a situation where a large number of medals M are paid out to the specific satellite unit 2. Since it is possible to circulate and prepare the medal M for the next payout, the medal game machine as an arcade game, and the game program that simulates (simulates) the power and the device to be used in the home video game. It can be widely used for games. The medals M described in this embodiment are only examples of simulated bullets used in shooting games. In addition, metal balls such as pachinko balls, resin balls (hard balls) such as BB 弹, medals, etc. The present invention can also be applied to a game device using various simulated bullets such as a disc body.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 射撃ゲームのターゲットを備えたセンタユニットと、プレーヤが遊戯するためのサテ ライト部とを有してレ、るゲーム装置にぉレ、て、  [1] A game device having a center unit with a shooting game target and a satellite unit for players to play,
プレーヤの操作に応じて模擬弾を前記センタユニットに向けて発射する模擬弾発 射装置と、  A simulated bullet firing device for launching a simulated bullet toward the center unit in accordance with a player operation;
前記模擬弾発射装置から前記センタユニットに向けて発射された前記模擬弾を回 収する回収容器と、  A collection container for collecting the simulated bullets fired from the simulated bullet launcher toward the center unit;
該センタユニットの回収容器内における前記模擬弾の貯留量を検出するための模 擬弹量センサと、  A simulated soot amount sensor for detecting the amount of storage of the simulated ammunition in the collection container of the center unit;
前記サテライト部において模擬弾を貯留しておくサテライト用ホッパと、 該サテライト用ホッパから前記模擬弾発射装置へと前記模擬弾を供給するための 模擬弾搬送手段と、  A satellite hopper for storing simulated bullets in the satellite section, and a simulated bullet transport means for supplying the simulated bullets from the satellite hopper to the simulated bullet launcher;
賞を獲得した前記サテライト部に対し当該賞に応じた量の前記模擬弾の払出し制 御を行う払出し制御手段と、  A payout control means for performing payout control of the simulated ammunition in an amount corresponding to the award to the satellite unit that has won a prize;
前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の発射制御を行う発射制御手段と、 を備え、  Firing control means for controlling the firing of the simulated bullet by the simulated bullet firing device, and
前記発射制御手段により前記模擬弾を自動発射させ、前記回収容器にて前記模 擬弹を回収する  The simulated bullet is automatically fired by the firing control means, and the simulated soot is collected by the collection container.
ゲーム装置。  Game device.
[2] 前記賞を獲得した前記サテライト部への前記模擬弾の払出しに先立ち、当該賞獲 得サテライト部を除くサテライト部の一部または全部における前記模擬弾発射装置か ら前記模擬弾を自動発射させて前記回収容器にて当該模擬弾を回収する請求項 1 に記載のゲーム装置。  [2] Prior to paying out the simulated bullet to the satellite unit that has won the award, the simulated bullet is automatically fired from the simulated bullet launcher in a part or all of the satellite unit excluding the award winning satellite unit. The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the simulated bullet is collected in the collection container.
[3] センタユニットの周囲に複数の遊技用サテライト部を配置したゲーム装置において プレーヤの操作に応じて模擬弾を前記センタユニットに向けて発射する模擬弾発 射装置と、  [3] In a game apparatus in which a plurality of gaming satellite units are arranged around the center unit, a simulated bullet firing apparatus that fires a simulated bullet toward the center unit according to a player operation;
各サテライト部から前記センタユニットに向けて発射された前記模擬弾を回収する 回収容器と、 Collect the simulated bullets fired from each satellite unit toward the center unit A collection container;
を備え、  With
賞を獲得した前記サテライト部への前記模擬弾の払出し動作を行う際に、当該サテ ライト部以外またはこれを含むサテライト部における前記模擬弾発射装置から前記模 擬弹を自動発射させて前記回収容器にて当該模擬弾を回収する  When performing the operation of paying out the simulated bullet to the satellite unit that has won the award, the simulation container is automatically fired from the simulated bullet firing device in the satellite unit other than the satellite unit or including the satellite unit. Collect the simulated ammunition at
ゲーム装置。  Game device.
[4] 前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の自動発射を前記模擬弾発射装置のそれ ぞれにおいてタイミングをとつて行う請求項 3に記載のゲーム装置。  4. The game apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the simulated bullet firing device automatically fires the simulated bullet at each timing of the simulated bullet firing device.
[5] 前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の自動発射は、前記賞を獲得したサテライ ト部に隣接するものを含む当該賞獲得サテライト部の近傍のサテライト部のみで行う 請求項 1から 4のいずれ力、 1項に記載のゲーム装置。 5. The automatic firing of the simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher is performed only in a satellite portion in the vicinity of the award winning satellite portion including those adjacent to the satellite portion that has won the award. Eventually, the game device according to item 1.
[6] 前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の自動発射は、前記賞を獲得したサテライ ト部におけるプレーヤの視界に入るサテライト部にて行う請求項 5に記載のゲーム装 置。 6. The game apparatus according to claim 5, wherein the automatic firing of the simulated bullet by the simulated bullet launcher is performed in a satellite unit that enters a player's field of view in the satellite unit that has won the prize.
[7] 当該賞獲得サテライト部と、これに隣接するサテライト部と、さらに両隣の計 5つの連 続するサテライト部にて自動発射を行う請求項 6に記載のゲーム装置。  7. The game device according to claim 6, wherein automatic launching is performed by the award winning satellite section, the satellite section adjacent to the prize winning satellite section, and a total of five consecutive satellite sections adjacent to both sides.
[8] 前記回収容器における前記模擬弾の貯留量が一定以下となった場合に前記模擬 弾の自動発射を前記模擬弾発射装置にぉレ、て行わせる請求項 1から 7のレ、ずれか 1 項に記載のゲーム装置。 [8] When the amount of the simulated bullets stored in the collection container is below a certain level, the simulated bullet launcher is automatically fired by the simulated bullet launcher. The game device according to item 1.
[9] 前記サテライト用ホッパ内における前記模擬弾の貯留量を検出する模擬弾量セン サを用いて当該模擬弾の貯留量を検出し、当該貯留量に応じて当該サテライト部に おける前記模擬弾の自動発射を継続させるかどうかを前記発射制御手段により判定 する請求項 1から 8のいずれ力 4項に記載のゲーム装置。 [9] The simulated bullet amount sensor that detects the amount of the simulated bullets stored in the satellite hopper is used to detect the amount of the simulated bullets stored, and the simulated bullets in the satellite unit are detected in accordance with the amount of storage. 9. The game device according to claim 4, wherein the firing control means determines whether or not to continue the automatic firing.
[10] 当該サテライト部における前記模擬弾の自動発射を取り止めた場合に、他のサテラ イト部から前記模擬弾を少なくともその分だけ多く自動発射させる請求項 9に記載の ゲーム装置。 10. The game device according to claim 9, wherein when the automatic firing of the simulated bullet in the satellite unit is stopped, the simulated bullet is automatically fired at least as much as that from the other satellite unit.
[11] 前記サテライト用ホッパ内の前記模擬弾の貯留量を検出する模擬弾量センサを複 数備え、当該模擬弾の貯留量を複数段階のレベルにて判定可能としている請求項 9 または 10に記載のゲーム装置。 [11] The apparatus according to claim 9, wherein a plurality of simulated ammunition sensors for detecting the amount of storage of the simulated bullets in the satellite hopper are provided, and the amount of simulation bullets stored can be determined at a plurality of levels. Or 10. The game device according to 10.
[12] 前記回収容器内における前記模擬弾の貯留量を検出するための模擬弾量センサ を複数備え、当該模擬弾の貯留量を複数段階のレベルにて判定可能としている請求 項 1から 11のいずれか 1項に記載のゲーム装置。 [12] The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein a plurality of simulated bullet quantity sensors for detecting the amount of the simulated bullets stored in the collection container are provided, and the quantity of the simulated bullets stored can be determined at a plurality of levels. The game device according to any one of claims.
[13] 前記模擬弾量センサの少なくとも一部は、当該回収容器内における前記模擬弾の 大凡の量を検出可能なユアェンプティセンサである請求項 12に記載のゲーム装置。 13. The game device according to claim 12, wherein at least a part of the simulated bullet amount sensor is a unique sensor capable of detecting an approximate amount of the simulated bullet in the collection container.
[14] 前記ユアェンプティセンサによる検出結果に基づいて前記サテライト部からの前記 模擬弾の発射量を決定する請求項 13に記載のゲーム装置。 14. The game device according to claim 13, wherein a firing amount of the simulated bullet from the satellite unit is determined on the basis of a detection result by the unique sensor.
[15] 前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の発射数を判定し、規定数に達した時点 で前記模擬弾の自動発射を停止させる請求項 1から 14のいずれか 1項に記載のゲ ーム装置。 15. The game according to claim 1, wherein the number of simulated bullets fired by the simulated bullet launcher is determined, and automatic firing of the simulated bullets is stopped when a predetermined number is reached. Equipment.
[16] 前記模擬弾発射装置による前記模擬弾の発射数を判定し、規定数に達した時点 で前記ニァェンプティセンサによる検出結果を参照し、前記回収容器内における前 記模擬弾の大凡の量が一定値を超えていない場合には当該模擬段の自動発射の 停止を遅らせる請求項 13または 14に記載のゲーム装置。  [16] The number of the simulated bullets fired by the simulated bullet launcher is determined, and when the specified number is reached, the detection result by the near-empty sensor is referred to, and the approximate number of the simulated bullets in the collection container is determined. 15. The game device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein when the amount of the battery does not exceed a certain value, the stop of automatic firing of the simulation stage is delayed.
[17] 前記センタユニットにおいて落下してくる前記模擬弾を受ける受け皿と、その近傍 に配置される前記サテライト部との間の隙間を坦めて前記模擬弾が当該隙間から落 下するのを抑える傾斜状の落下防止部が形成されている請求項 1から 16のいずれ 力 1項に記載のゲーム装置。  [17] A gap between the saucer that receives the simulated bullet that falls in the center unit and the satellite unit disposed in the vicinity thereof is held to prevent the simulated bullet from dropping from the gap. The game apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein an inclined fall prevention portion is formed.
[18] 前記模擬弾力 Sメダルである請求項 1から 16のいずれ力 1項に記載のゲーム装置。  18. The game device according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the game device is the simulated elasticity S medal.
[19] 前記センタユニットの周囲に複数の前記サテライト部が配置された構成の請求項 1 から 17のいずれか 1項に記載のゲーム装置。  [19] The game device according to any one of [1] to [17], wherein a plurality of the satellite units are arranged around the center unit.
PCT/JP2007/062494 2006-07-05 2007-06-21 Game device WO2008004447A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-186147 2006-07-05
JP2006186147A JP2008012075A (en) 2006-07-05 2006-07-05 Game system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008004447A1 true WO2008004447A1 (en) 2008-01-10

Family

ID=38894418

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/062494 WO2008004447A1 (en) 2006-07-05 2007-06-21 Game device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2008012075A (en)
TW (1) TW200824763A (en)
WO (1) WO2008004447A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI747337B (en) * 2020-06-20 2021-11-21 續天曙 Shooting game system

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5242424B2 (en) * 2009-01-06 2013-07-24 株式会社タイトー Medal game system and medal game machine
JP5179388B2 (en) * 2009-01-06 2013-04-10 株式会社タイトー Medal game machine
JP5930275B2 (en) * 2011-12-09 2016-06-08 株式会社セガゲームス Game machine
CN107115666B (en) * 2017-07-14 2018-07-06 唐加红 La Pai mechanisms and mahjong machine

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0857148A (en) * 1994-08-26 1996-03-05 Sigma Corp Game apparatus
JP3056240U (en) * 1998-07-28 1999-02-12 蒂特国際貿易股▲ふん▼有限公司 Automatic ammunition collection and filling equipment for game machines
JPH11333135A (en) * 1998-05-29 1999-12-07 Sigma Corp Medal retrieving device
JP2000140406A (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-23 Sega Enterp Ltd Medal game device
JP2002325959A (en) * 2001-04-27 2002-11-12 Namco Ltd Method and device for controlling driving motor for medal launcher, control device, program, and information storage medium
JP2003135840A (en) * 2001-11-07 2003-05-13 Taito Corp Pusher game machine
JP2004154432A (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-06-03 Namco Ltd Game device
JP2004174127A (en) * 2002-11-29 2004-06-24 Taito Corp Token replenishing device for token push game
JP2005102732A (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-04-21 Aruze Corp Token game machine
JP2005137802A (en) * 2003-11-10 2005-06-02 Aruze Corp Token game machine

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0857148A (en) * 1994-08-26 1996-03-05 Sigma Corp Game apparatus
JPH11333135A (en) * 1998-05-29 1999-12-07 Sigma Corp Medal retrieving device
JP3056240U (en) * 1998-07-28 1999-02-12 蒂特国際貿易股▲ふん▼有限公司 Automatic ammunition collection and filling equipment for game machines
JP2000140406A (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-23 Sega Enterp Ltd Medal game device
JP2002325959A (en) * 2001-04-27 2002-11-12 Namco Ltd Method and device for controlling driving motor for medal launcher, control device, program, and information storage medium
JP2003135840A (en) * 2001-11-07 2003-05-13 Taito Corp Pusher game machine
JP2004154432A (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-06-03 Namco Ltd Game device
JP2004174127A (en) * 2002-11-29 2004-06-24 Taito Corp Token replenishing device for token push game
JP2005102732A (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-04-21 Aruze Corp Token game machine
JP2005137802A (en) * 2003-11-10 2005-06-02 Aruze Corp Token game machine

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI747337B (en) * 2020-06-20 2021-11-21 續天曙 Shooting game system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200824763A (en) 2008-06-16
JP2008012075A (en) 2008-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4811110B2 (en) Chukka with slit and medal game device
JP2015208349A (en) Game machine
JP6409314B2 (en) Game machine
JP2003190468A (en) Pachinko game machine
WO2008004447A1 (en) Game device
JP2008012073A (en) Medal game apparatus
JP2004113566A (en) Token game machine
JP2007301111A (en) Token game device
JPWO2007108310A1 (en) Game machine
JPH07313678A (en) Pachinko device
JPH0956924A (en) Medal game machine
JP2004275303A (en) Central role object of game machine
JP3930789B2 (en) Medal game machine
JP4775564B2 (en) Medal game device
JP2007301115A (en) Token game apparatus
US7168706B2 (en) Arcade game
JP4183437B2 (en) Bullet ball machine
JP2007301113A (en) Token game apparatus
JP2018199016A (en) Game machine
KR200256605Y1 (en) Premium-dispensing game
JP3008846U (en) Air game machine
JP2015208350A (en) Game machine
JP5418615B2 (en) Game machine
JP3930788B2 (en) Medal game machine
JP5071526B2 (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07767321

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07767321

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1